Canon TR4651 User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for TR4651 by Canon which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
TR4600 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Easy Understanding Network Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Loading Plain Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Loading Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Where to Load Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Checking Ink Status on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Setting the Ink to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Fax settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Other dev. settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Quick Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Main Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Scanning from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
IJ Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Creating/Editing PDF Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Preparing for Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Connecting Telephone Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Setting Telephone Line Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Setting Receive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Setting Sender Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Registering Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Registering Recipients in Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Changing Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Deleting Registered Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Printing List of Registered Destinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Sending Faxes Using Operation Panel of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Setting Items for Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
General Notes (Fax Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Changing Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Memory Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Other Useful Fax Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Document Stored in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Printing Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Network FAQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). 423
Wireless Router Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 428
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Manually Solved Network Troubles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 458
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Faxing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Problems Sending Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Cannot Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Errors Often Occur When Send a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Problems Receiving Faxes/Cannot Print a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Telephone Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Cannot Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Telephone Disconnects During a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Poor Quality Fax Received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
1203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
1250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
1430. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
1682. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
1686. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
168A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
5B02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
12
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
13
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Microsoft Edge is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
14
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.1.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
15
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in4.
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works4.
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
16
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
17
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
18
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
19
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
20
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
21
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
22
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
23
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
24
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
25
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
26
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
27
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <appro@openssl.org> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
28
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson (lennart@augustsson.net) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
29
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
30
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
31
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
32
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
2.
3. Press Setup button.
3.
The Setup menu screen appears.
4. Select Device settings and press OK button.
4.
5. Select LAN settings and press OK button.5.
6. Select Print LAN details and press OK button.6.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information –
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics –
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details See Manually Solved Network Troubles to check details on
the diagnostic result and result codes.
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
33
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz)
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XX (1 to 13)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method none/TKIP/AES
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
34
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-3 Wireless Direct/Access
Point Mode
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
5 Other Settings Other settings –
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name
35
5-2 Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
36
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4)Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 minutes
Enab./disab. Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon TR4600 series
LPR setting Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
WL Direct net.(SSID) DIRECT-abXX-TR4600series *1
Password YYYYYYYYYY *2
Security method WPA2-PSK (AES)
Confirm request Displayed
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
37
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)•
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)•
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
•Connecting•
1. Enable Wireless Direct for printer
2. Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
•Changing settings•
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.•
• Check the usage restrictions and connect the printer to the Wireless Direct.•
Restrictions
Enable Wireless Direct for printer
1. Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen appears.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.3.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.4.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.
5.
6. Select Switch WL Direct and press the OK button.
6.
7. Check displayed message, select Yes and press the OK button.
7.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
•After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security protocol, and
•
WL Direct net.(SSID) by pressing button.
38
• When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to display the•
password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To not display the password,
select No.
•The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
•
are using, no password is required.
•When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the printer name from
•
your device.
•To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
•
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
1. Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
1.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TR4600series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list2.
on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
Note
•If "DIRECT-XXXX-TR4600series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
•
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter Password on smartphone/tablet/computer.3.
The smartphone/tablet/computer is connected to the printer.
Note
• Check the password for the Wireless Direct.•
Check by one of the following methods.
Display on the LCD of the printer.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
•Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
•
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
•If the printer is set to display a confirmation screen in Confirm request of Changing
•
Wireless Direct Setting, when the wireless direct compatible device connects to the printer,
a confirmation screen asking for permission to connect is displayed on the printer LCD.
39
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device
and select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. Download it from
App Store and Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
Note
• To change the Wireless Direct settings, you need to enable Wireless Direct in advance.•
Enable Wireless Direct for printer
1. Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen appears.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.3.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.4.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.5.
6. Select a setting item.
6.
Press button to switch the desired setting item.
•Change name (SSID)•
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
◦To set manually
◦
1. Select Manual setup and press the OK button.
1.
2. Enter the new identifier (SSID).
2.
Use the numeric keypad to enter each digit.
You can move the cursor by pressing the button.
One character can be erased by pressing the Back button.
40
Press the button on the numeric keypad to change the input mode (uppercase,
lowercase, numbers).
Press the button on the numeric keypad to change the symbols.
3. Confirm the input contents and press and hold OK button.3.
4. Check displayed message, press the OK button.
4.
◦To set automatically
◦
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.
1.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
Note
•After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security
•
protocol, and WL Direct net.(SSID) by pressing button.
•When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to
•
display the password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To
not display the password, select No.
•Change password•
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ To set manually.◦
1. Select Manual setup and press the OK button.1.
2. Enter the new password (10 characters).2.
Use the numeric keypad to enter each digit.
You can move the cursor by pressing the button.
One character can be erased by pressing the Back button.
Press the button on the numeric keypad to change the type of characters to enter
(uppercase / lowercase, numbers).
3. Confirm the input contents and press and hold OK button.3.
◦To set automatically
◦
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.1.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
Note
•After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security
•
protocol, and WL Direct net.(SSID) by pressing button.
•When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to
•
display the password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To
not display the password, select No.
•Confirm request
•
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
41
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes and press the OK button.
Important
•To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
•
the confirmation screen.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the•
device.
42
Easy Understanding Network Connections
What is Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
• Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
• You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the printer.
• When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
What is Wireless Direct Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
• While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your
device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
• In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth
device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a
device you do not use and configure settings again.
• Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
USB Connection (Reference)
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB cable.
For details, see Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, see the web page.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Connecting with Wireless Direct
43
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)•
For Windows, you can perform network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)•
You can diagnose or repair network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
◦For Windows:◦
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
◦For macOS:◦
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS)
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network FAQ for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
44
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support wireless networking standards using the 5 GHz band. Check if your
device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol.
Change the security protocol for your device to something other than TKIP or change the setting to
something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer•
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
45
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
46
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
•For Windows:•
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
•For macOS:•
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• Some models allow you to check the serial number on the LCD.•
System information
48
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Switching LAN Connection Method
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch the connection method to USB when the printer is used with a LAN connection,
check the following item.
•For Windows:•
◦ Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
•For macOS:•
◦ Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
•For Windows:•
◦ See Changing the Connection Mode.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.◦
Important
• Before you perform settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, turn on Easy Wireless (Easy•
WL) connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press and hold (Menu/Wireless connect) button for 3 seconds.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
49
3. Perform operations following instructions on your computer, smartphone/3.
tablet.
4. If message saying setup is completed appears, press OK button.4.
•For macOS:•
See Changing the Connection Mode.
50
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
51
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant repairs the status
of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer•
at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant while printing is in progress.
52
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant as shown below.
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the Start screen to start Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant. If Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm and search for "Wi-Fi Connection Assistant".
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant, and then Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes.
The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:•
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:•
Performing/Changing Network Settings
53
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3. Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
3.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
54
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
The screen below appears when you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.•
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.•
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
•Available•
Indicates the printer is available.
•Setup Completed•
56
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
•Requires Setup•
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
•Not Set•
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
•IP Address Overlap•
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
•Unknown•
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.•
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
•Auto•
57
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
•Manual•
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.•
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
This section describes menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
58
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
59
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
• Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm•
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
61
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4 settings•
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
62
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
8.
63
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi
network using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.2.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
•
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
64
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
•
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦Infrastructure
◦
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦Direct◦
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
•If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
•If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
•
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
65
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect
to. For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
•IPv4 settings
•
Note
•The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
66
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
•If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
67
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
•This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.8.
68
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1. Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to assign location name and device name.
4.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8. Click Set.
8.
69
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
70
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
71
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
72
Loading Plain Paper
You can load plain paper.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
•Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
2.
3. Slide right paper guide (B) to open both paper guides.
3.
75
4. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
4.
center of front tray.
Insert the leading edge of paper stack until you hear a sound.
When you load paper stack, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in landscape orientation (D) can•
cause paper jams.
5. Slide the right paper guide to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
5.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
76
Note
•Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (E) of the paper guides.
•
6. Open the paper output tray (F).
6.
7. Pull the paper output support (G) and open the output tray extension (H).7.
8. Press the OK button.
8.
77
9. Use the button to select the size of the loaded paper in the front tray, then press the9.
OK button.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
10. Use the button to select Plain paper and press the OK button.
10.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the•
paper loaded matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the
paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not
match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper
settings.
78
Loading Photo Paper
You can load photo paper.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
•Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
•When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
•
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
2.
3. Slide right paper guide (B) to open both paper guides.
3.
79
4. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
4.
center of front tray.
Insert the leading edge of paper stack until you hear a sound.
When you load paper stack, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in landscape orientation (D) can•
cause paper jams.
5. Slide the right paper guide to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
5.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
80
Note
•Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (E) of the paper guides.
•
6. Open the paper output tray (F).
6.
7. Pull the paper output support (G) and open the output tray extension (H).7.
8. Press the OK button.
8.
81
9. Use the button to select the size of the loaded paper in the front tray, then press the9.
OK button.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
10. Use the button to select the type of the loaded paper in the front tray, then press the
10.
OK button.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the•
paper loaded matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the
paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not
match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper
settings.
82
Loading Envelopes
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with
your computer properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel is not supported.•
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.•
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
1.
•Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
•
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite•
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.•
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.•
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
•The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
•
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2. Open the front cover (A) gently.
2.
83
3. Slide right paper guide (B) to open both paper guides.
3.
4. Load the envelopes in the center of the front tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.4.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing down.
Insert the leading edge of envelopes until you hear a sound. Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once.
When you load envelopes, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD.
84
5. Slide the right paper guide to align both paper guides with both sides of the envelopes.
5.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Note
• Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs (C) of the paper guides.•
6. Open the paper output tray (D).
6.
7. Pull the paper output support (E) and open the output tray extension (F).
7.
85
8. Press the OK button.
8.
9. Use button to select size of loaded envelopes in front tray and press OK button.
9.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
10. Use button to select Envelope and press OK button.10.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the information set for the•
paper loaded matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance with the
paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not
match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper
settings.
86
Where to Load Originals
The printer has two positions to load originals: platen and ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Select the position to load the original according to the size, type, or usage.
Note
• For details on the supported originals, see below.•
Supported Originals
Loading Documents, Photos, or Book on Platen
Loading Two or More Sheets of Document of the Same Size and
Thickness in the ADF
You can also load a sheet of document in the ADF.
88
Note
• To scan the original at optimum quality, load it on the platen.•
89
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to
break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
3. Close the document cover gently.3.
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy, fax,•
or scan.
91
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load A4, letter-size, legal-size originals in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Important
• Be careful not to let anything get inside the document output slot. It may cause damage.•
Note
• To scan a document at optimum quality, load it on the platen.•
• The double-sided original cannot be scanned automatically with ADF.•
1. Make sure any original has been removed from platen.
1.
2. Open document tray (A).
2.
3. Slide the document guide (B) all the way out.
3.
4. Insert document WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING UP in document tray, until you hear a
4.
beep sound.
Insert the document until it stops.
Note
•For details on the supported originals, see below.
•
Supported Originals
5. Adjust document guide to match width of document.
5.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed properly.
92
93
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals Function How to Load
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Copying or Faxing Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the alignment mark
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
If you scan using the operation panel,
press the SCAN button and select Auto
scan for Original type.
Scanning by specifying a standard
size (A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel,
press the SCAN button, select Docu-
ment or Photo for Original type, and
then specify a standard size (A4, Letter,
etc.) for Scan size.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
Scanning only one original
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Press the SCAN button and select•
Auto scan for Original type.
• Press the SCAN button, select Photo•
for Original type, and then specify
Auto scan(A) -Singl for Scan size.
Loading Only One Original in
Center of Platen
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Press the SCAN button and select•
Auto scan for Original type.
• Press the SCAN button, select Photo•
for Original type, and then specify
Auto scan(A) -Multi for Scan size.
Loading Two or More Originals on
Platen
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen and align it with the
alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
94
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).•
Loading Only One Original in Center of Platen
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area
cannot be scanned.
95
Loading Two or More Originals on Platen
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the originals, and between the originals.
Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
B: More than 0.40 in. (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to•
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 in. (180 mm) or more cannot be
corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.•
96
Supported Originals
Platen
Item Details
Types of originals • Text document, magazine, or newspaper•
• Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)•
• Documents that are not suitable for the ADF•
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Quantity One or more sheets*
Thickness Max. 0.2 in. (5 mm)
* Two or more originals can be loaded on the platen depending on the selected function.
Loading Based on Use
In the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Item Details
Kind of original Plain-paper documents with multiple pages of the same size, thickness, and weight
Size A4, Letter, Legal
Max. 8.5 x 14.0 in. (216 x 356 mm)
Min. 8.3 x 11.0 in. (210 x 280 mm)
Quantity •A4/Letter: Max. 20 sheets (20 lb (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.08 in. (2 mm) high
•
• Legal: Max. 5 sheets (20 lb (75 g /m2) paper), up to 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) high•
Thickness 0.003 to 0.005 in. (0.07 to 0.13 mm)
Weight 16.0 to 25.3 lb (60 to 95 g /m2)
Note
•Make sure any liquids on documents, such as glue, ink, or correction fluid are dry before loading.
•
Do not load glued documents in the ADF, even if the glue is dry, because this may cause paper jams.
•Remove all staples, paper clips, or other fasteners before feeding documents.
•
•Load Legal-sized documents in the ADF.
•
•Do not load these kinds of documents in the ADF, which may cause paper jams.
•
Wrinkled or creased documents
Curled documents
Torn documents
Documents with holes
Glued documents
97
Documents with sticky notes
Documents on carbon paper
Documents on coated paper
Documents on onion skin or other thin paper
Photos or excessively thick documents
98
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the error message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the
error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Check the error message and take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
While using the printer, the periphery of the paper output slot may become dirty with ink.
Before replacing the FINE Cartridge, clean the periphery of the paper output slot.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge. The printer may•
not print properly if you touch them.
• If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the FINE•
cartridge removed.
• Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to•
clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the
FINE cartridge properly.
Note
• For Windows, if a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE•
cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while.
For information on how to configure this setting, see below.
Setting the Ink to be Used
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-•
white printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the
print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer. When ink runs out,
replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
100
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open the front cover (C) gently.2.
3. Open the paper output tray (D).
3.
4. Open the paper output cover (E).4.
The FINE cartridge holder (F) moves to the replacement position.
Caution
•Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the FINE
•
cartridge holder until it stops completely.
101
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.•
5. Remove the empty FINE cartridge.5.
1. Push down the ink cartridge lock lever (G) of the empty FINE cartridge until it clicks.
1.
2. Remove the FINE cartridge (H).2.
6. Prepare a new FINE cartridge.
6.
Take new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove protective tape (I) gently.
102
Important
•Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The printer may
•
not print properly if you touch them.
7. Install the FINE cartridge.7.
1. Insert the new FINE cartridge straight into the FINE cartridge holder all the way until it1.
touches the back.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
Important
•Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on the FINE cartridge
•
holder.
103
2. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.2.
The FINE cartridge will be locked.
Important
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.•
8. Close the paper output tray.
8.
104
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press Setup button, use button to select Ink information, and then press OK button.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Make sure Remaining ink appears and press OK button.
3.
A in the figure below shows remaining ink level.
Example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• You can also check the ink status on the LCD when you press the COPY or FAX button. The•
current remaining ink level will be displayed on the LCD for a few seconds.
•You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
•
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
106
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the
print head to maintain the optimal printing quality.
The printer has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging. In the cleaning
procedure, used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
107
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.
Note
• Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.•
Checking the Ink Status on the LCD
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.•
Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.
• If an error message appears on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.•
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.•
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
•For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern.
109
If there are missing lines or horizontal streaks in the pattern:
Step3 Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
•For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
•For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do not
unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved:
Step5 Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon•
service center to request a repair.
110
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE•
Cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the front tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Nozzle check and press the OK button.4.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern.
5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.5.
112
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal streaks in the pattern B.
If there are missing lines in the pattern A:
C: Good
D: Bad (lines are missing)
If there are horizontal streaks in the pattern B:
E: Good
F: Bad (horizontal streaks are present)
If any color in the pattern A or the pattern B is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
If one of the above is applied, cleaning the print head is required.
113
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the button to select Cleaning and then press the OK button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
4. Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.•
114
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use button to select Deep Cleaning and press OK button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 minute.
4. Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do
not unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved, replace the FINE cartridge with a new one. If the problem is still not
resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
115
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.•
Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the front tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Head alignment and then press the OK button.4.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
116
Important
• Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled,•
it may not be scanned properly.
• If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop button, and redo this•
procedure from the beginning.
5. Check message and place print head alignment sheet on platen.5.
Place the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark
on the upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .
117
Note
• The print head alignment sheet cannot be scanned if it is loaded in the ADF (Auto Document•
Feeder).
6. Close the document cover gently, then press the Black button or the Color button.6.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted
automatically.
After the print head position adjustment completion message is displayed, remove the print head
alignment sheet on the platen.
Important
•Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen until
•
adjusting the print head position is complete.
• If the error message appears on the LCD, press the OK button to release the error, then take•
appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
Note
• For Windows, when the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as•
described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print align value from the•
Maintenance screen.
118
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this
case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when
necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the
market
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Remove any paper from the front tray.
2.
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Clean the paper feed rollers without paper.4.
Use button to select Roller Cleaning and press OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
5. Clean the paper feed rollers with paper.5.
1. Make sure that the paper feed rollers have stopped rotating, then load a sheet of A4 or1.
Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market in front tray.
Loading Plain Paper
2. Press the OK button.
2.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
120
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, then remove any paper from the front tray.
1.
2. Prepare paper.
2.
1. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.1.
2. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,2.
and then unfold the paper.
3. Load only this sheet of paper in the front tray with the ridges of the creases facing up and the3.
edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
When you load paper, the registration screen of paper information is displayed on the LCD. Select A4 or
Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type: and then press the OK button.
4. Open the paper output tray (A).4.
121
5. Pull the paper output support (B) and open the output tray extension (C).5.
3. Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Btm Plate Cleaning and then press the OK button.
4.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
Note
•When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
•
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
•Before cleaning the printer, turn it off and unplug it.
•
122
The power cannot be turned off while the printer is sending or receiving a fax, or when unsent faxes
are stored in the printer's memory. Make sure the printer has finished sending or receiving faxes
before turning it off.
Remember that faxes cannot be sent or received while the printer is off.
Unplugging the printer will reset the date/time setting and erase all documents in the printer's
memory. Send faxes or print documents as needed before unplugging the printer.
123
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Storing Printed Images
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
124
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.•
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:•
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:•
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord or other cables by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively
bending them.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
•Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
•Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
•Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
126
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
127
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the FINE cartridges. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw FINE cartridges in the fire.
128
Regulatory Information
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
129
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same
time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies
kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen.
Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell
mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt
und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen
Sie außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen
für Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
130
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément
à la directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis
en place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en
de nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet
worden ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten
op het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen
in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit
product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u
uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in
uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer
van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie
over het inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
131
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un
dels punts de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte
similar o lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i
electrònics (AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu
en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment
estan associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest
producte contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts
on podeu lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal,
a les autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de
recollida de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el
reciclatge de productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso
un centro di raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro
uno", ovvero del ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o
un impianto autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione
impropria di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana
causato dalle sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature
elettriche ed elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace
delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi
del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti
di Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
132
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo
ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos
(EEE). O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente
e na saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation
jf. direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks.
i overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt,
eller produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering
af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund
af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik
på genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
133
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα
νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά
τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας
για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων,
το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt,
det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering
av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som
ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved
å kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana.
Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa
tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä
saat kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
134
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning
inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför
avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen
do sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově
prodaný podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
135
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a
termék nem kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell
leadni, például hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai
berendezésekből származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű
hulladékok a nem megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak
lehetnek a környezetre és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék
megfelelő kezelésével hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A
berendezésekből származó, újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért
forduljon a helyi önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését
végző vállalathoz, illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek
visszajuttatásáról és újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt
do recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať
spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom
výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva
odpad z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu
môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické
zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
136
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud
jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā
ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba
137
į elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai
ir žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad
jos būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo
ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na
primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo.
S pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
138
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la
un punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu
sa WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom
centru za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom
centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje
139
ovom vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje
usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja
na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
140
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money•
• Money orders•
• Certificates of deposit•
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Identification badges or insignia•
• Selective service or draft papers•
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies•
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title•
• Traveler's checks•
• Food stamps•
• Passports•
• Immigration papers•
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness•
• Stock certificates•
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent•
142
Printer Handling Precautions
Be careful not to let anything get inside the document output slot. It may cause damage.
143
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient•
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the FINE cartridge left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power. This•
allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so•
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to•
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.1.
2. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.2.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or•
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3. Retract the paper output support with the output tray extension closed.
3.
4. Close the front cover.
4.
5. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
5.
cord from the printer.
6. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
6.
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
7. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
7.
Important
•We recommend to hold and carry out this printer as shown in the figure below.
•
144
145
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Press the Setup button, select Device settings > Reset setting > All data, and then select Yes.•
For printers with fax capabilities, user information and speed dial numbers can be backed up to a computer
by utilizing the Speed Dial Utility2 software before resetting the printer or deleting data. Backed up data can
be restored to the repaired printer or another Canon printer.
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (macOS)
146
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or•
paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Important
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the•
printer's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
147
Front View
A: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
B: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
C: Platen
Load an original here.
D: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
E: Front Tray
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
F: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Open before printing.
G: Paper Output Support
Extend to support ejected paper.
150
H: Output Tray Extension
Open to support ejected paper.
I: Paper Output Cover
Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the printer.
J: ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Load a document here. The documents loaded in the document tray are scanned automatically one
sheet at a time.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
K: Document Feeder Cover
Open when clearing jammed documents.
L: Document Tray
Open to load a document in the ADF. You can load two or more sheets of document of the same size
and thickness. Load the document with the side you want to scan facing up.
M: Document Output Slot
Documents scanned from the ADF are delivered here.
N: Front Cover
Open to load paper in the front tray.
O: Document Guide
Adjust this guide to match the width of document in the ADF.
P: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
Q: FAX Memory lamp
Lights when there are received or unsent documents stored in the printer's memory.
R: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
Turning the Printer On and Off
151
S: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
152
Rear View
A: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: External Device Jack
Connect an external device such as telephone or answering device.
C: Telephone Line Jack
Connect the telephone line.
D: Rear Cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
E: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.•
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This•
can cause trouble.
153
Inside View
A: Ink Cartridge Lock Lever
Secures the installed FINE cartridge.
B: FINE Cartridge Holder
Install the FINE cartridge.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
C: FINE Cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
Note
• For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.•
Important
• The area around the parts D may be splattered with ink. This does not affect the performance of the•
printer.
• Do not touch the parts D. The printer may not print properly if you touch them.•
154
Operation Panel
A: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
B: and buttons
Used to select a menu or setting item. The button is also used when entering characters.
C: OK button
Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item. This button is also used to resolve an error or ejects
documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
D: Menu/Wireless connect button
Displays the Copy menu, Scan menu, or Fax menu screen.
To set wireless router information in the printer directly from a smartphone or other such device (without
having to do any procedures at the router), hold down this button.
E: Numeric buttons
Used to enter numerical values such as the number of copies, as well as fax/telephone numbers and
characters.
F: Tone button
Switches to tone dialing temporarily if your printer is connected to a rotary pulse line.
G: Stop button
Cancels operation when print, copy, scan, or fax transmission/reception job is in progress.
H: Color button
Starts color copying, scanning, faxing, etc.
I: Black button
Starts black & white copying, scanning, faxing, etc.
155
J: Setup button
Displays the Setup menu screen. With this menu, you can perform printer maintenance and change
printer settings.
K: SCAN button
Switches the printer to the scan mode.
L: COPY button
Switches the printer to the copy mode.
M: FAX button
Switches the printer to the fax mode.
N: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
156
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the display, press•
any button or perform the print operation. The display will be also restored when receiving faxes. You
cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off.
158
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.•
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a•
computer connected by USB cable or Wi-Fi network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
159
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Check the power plug/power cord once a month to confirm that it does not have anything unusual described
below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.•
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.•
• The power plug/power cord is bent.•
• The power plug/power cord is worn.•
• The power plug/power cord is split.•
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord•
and contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Using the printer with one of the
unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock.
161
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.•
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the
print head and print quality may be reduced.
• If the power cord is unplugged, the date/time settings will be reset and all documents stored in the•
printer's memory will be lost. Send or print a necessary document before unplugging the power cord.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
1.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.2.
3. Unplug the power cord.
3.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
162
LCD and Operation Panel
The Copy standby screen appears when the printer is turned on.
When the COPY button, SCAN button, FAX button, or Setup button is pressed, the display switches to copy
mode, scan mode, fax mode, or setup menu screen.
Copy mode
Scan mode
Fax mode
Setup
When the Menu/Wireless connect button is pressed in the Copy standby screen, Scan standby screen or
Fax standby screen, the menu screen appears.
Copy menu
Setting Items for Copying
Special Copy Menu
Scan menu
Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel
Fax menu
163
In a menu or settings screen, use the button to select an item or option, and then press the OK button
to proceed with the procedure.
Note
• For details on how to change settings, refer to Changing Settings from Operation Panel.•
Network Status Indication
Wi-Fi setting and the network status indicate by the icon.
If the icon appears on the LCD when the SCAN button or Setup button is pressed, it indicates
that Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
Signal strength: 81 % or more
You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
Signal strength: 51 % or more
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We
recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
Signal strength: 50 % or less
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place the printer near the wireless
router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Note
• When Wi-Fi is disabled, the icon is not displayed.•
164
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Use the Numeric buttons to enter or edit such information as unit name, a recipient's name for the directory,
etc.
Switching the Input Mode
Each time the Tone button is pressed, the input mode is switched.
The current input mode appears at the upper right corner of the LCD.
Note
• Only numbers and symbols that are available for the type of information you are entering are•
displayed, such as numbers for telephone or fax number input.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Press the Tone button to switch the input mode.
Use the Numeric buttons to enter the desired characters.
• To insert a space•
Press the button five times.
• To delete the last entered character•
Press the Back button.
Editing Entered Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Press the or button to move the cursor under the position you want to edit.
• To insert a space•
Press the button five times.
• To insert a character•
Move the cursor under the character to the right of the insertion position, then enter the character. The
character on the cursor will move to the right and the new character will be inserted.
• To delete a character•
Move the cursor under the character, then press the Back button.
165
List of Characters Assigned to Each Numeric Button
For Fax/Telephone Number, Name, Number of Copies
Button Lowercase mode
(:a)
Uppercase mode
(:A)
Numeric mode
(:1)
Fax/Tele-
phone no.
1 1
abcåäáàãâæç ABCÅÄÁÀÃÂÆÇ 2 2
defëéèê DEFËÉÈÊ 3 3
gh i ï í ì î GH I Ï Í Ì Î 4 4
jkl JKL 5 5
mnoñøöóòõô MNOÑØÖÓÒÕÔ 6 6
pqrsþ PQRSÞ 7 7
tuvüúùû TUVÜÚÙÛ 8 8
wxyzý WXYZÝ 9 9
0 0
. @ - _ SP*1 # ! " , ; : ^ ` = / | ' ? $ % & + ( ) [ ] { } < > #
Switch the input mode.
*1 "SP" indicates a space.
For LAN Settings
Button Lowercase mode
(:a)
Uppercase mode
(:A)
Numeric mode
(:1)
1
abc ABC 2
def DEF 3
gh i GH I 4
jkl JKL 5
mno MNO 6
166
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The Print Options dialog box opens.
3. Change the individual settings
3.
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
170
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1. Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set the necessary items
2.
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if
necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3. Click Save...
3.
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4. Save the settings
4.
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
171
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
•When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
1.
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile2.
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
172
Setting the Ink to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed FINE cartridges
according to an intended use.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The Print Options dialog box appears.
3. Select the FINE cartridge to be used from Print With
3.
Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK.
4. Click OK on the Page Setup tab
4.
When you perform printing, the specified FINE cartridge will be used.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer uses the
color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, or Envelope is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either FINE
cartridge is detached.
173
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2. Perform power off
2.
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Important
• You cannot receive faxes when the printer is switched off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power2.
The Auto Power Settings dialog box will open.
Note
•If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
3.
Auto Power On
Select the auto-power on setting.
Select Disable to prevent the auto-power on feature from functioning.
Check that the printer is on, and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Select Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
174
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
Important
• When you use the printer by connecting it to a telephone line via a modular cable, you can set Auto
Power Off but the power will not be turned off automatically.
175
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
If you want to change printer settings, open one of the following two Custom Settings Tab, and configure
settings.
•Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab
•Custom Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
For functions related to print settings, go to Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab. For other settings,
go to Custom Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab
1. Open the Maintenance Tab
1.
2. Check that the printer power is on, and click Custom Settings
2.
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Configure settings
3.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
Custom Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings
2.
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
•If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Configure settings
3.
176
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
177
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Fax settings
Print settings
LAN settings
Smartphone print
Other dev. settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
Feed settings
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
178
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Prevent abrasion as an example.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Device settings and then press the OK button.
3.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Select a setting item to adjust and then press the OK button.4.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item and then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select a setting to specify and then press the OK button.
6.
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
179
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Fax settings
Other dev. settings
Language selection
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Smartphone print
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset setting
System information
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
180
Fax settings
Select this menu from Setup menu.
Easy setup
Add tel. number
Fax user settings
Adv. fax settings
Auto print settings
Security control
Note
• Before changing the settings, you can confirm the current settings by printing USER'S DATA LIST.•
Summary of Reports and Lists
Easy setup
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function. Follow the
procedure according to the instructions on the LCD.
Note
• You can specify the setup setting individually or the advanced setting.•
For details on how to specify the setting:
Preparing for Faxing
Add tel. number
You can register the recipient's fax/telephone number to the printer.
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Fax user settings
•Add unit tel. number•
Registers your fax/telephone number printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
•Add unit name•
Registers your name printed on sent faxes.
Registering User Information
•Telephone line type (Country or region of purchase other than China)•
Selects the telephone line type setting for the printer.
Setting Telephone Line Type
181
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Tel. line auto select (China only)•
If you select ON, the telephone line type is selected automatically.
If you select OFF, you can select the telephone line type manually.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Adv. fax settings
•Err reduction (VoIP)•
If you select Reduce, it may be possible to reduce the incidence of communication errors when
connecting to internet line such as IP phone.
Note
• When Reduce is selected, V.34 (Super G3) cannot be used. Communication time generally•
becomes longer than when communicating with V.34 (super G3).
• This setting has priority even if you select 33600 bps for TX start speed or RX start speed.•
•Auto redial•
Enables/disables automatic redialing.
If you select ON, you can specify the maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the
printer waits between redial attempts.
•Dial tone detect•
Avoids mistransmission when reception and transmission occur at the same time.
If you select ON, the printer transmits the fax after confirming the dial tone.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Pause time settings
•
Sets the length of pause time for each when you enter "P" (pause).
•TTI position
•
Selects the position of the sender information (outside or inside the image area).
•Remote RX
•
Enables/disables remote reception.
If you select ON, you can specify the remote reception ID.
Remote Reception
182
•Color transmission•
When faxing color documents using the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), selects whether to convert
them into black & white data if the recipient's fax device does not support color faxing.
If you select If incompatible, end, the printer does not send color documents when the recipient's fax
device does not support color faxing.
If you select If incompat., B&W, the printer sends documents in black & white when the recipient's
fax device does not support color faxing.
•RX image reduction•
Enables/disables automatic reduction of incoming faxes so that they fit in the selected paper.
If you select ON, you can select the image reduction direction.
•Adv. communication•
◦ECM TX◦
Selects whether to send faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦ECM RX◦
Selects whether to receive faxes in Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Transmission/Reception of Faxes Using ECM
◦TX start speed◦
Selects the fax transmission speed.
Ex:
The following settings are available.
33600 bps/14400 bps/9600 bps/4800 bps
The fax transmission start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
• Some of settings are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
• When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower transmission start•
speed may solve transmission problems.
◦RX start speed◦
Selects the fax reception speed.
Ex:
The following settings are available.
183
33600 bps/14400 bps/9600 bps/4800 bps
The fax reception start speed will be faster as the value is bigger.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
• Some of settings are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
• When the telephone line condition or connection is poor, selecting a lower reception start•
speed may solve reception problems.
Auto print settings
•Received documents•
Selects whether to print the received fax automatically when receiving a fax.
If you select Do not print, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory.
For details on the received fax stored in the printer's memory:
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
•Activity report•
Selects whether to print ACTIVITY REPORT automatically.
If you select Print, the printer prints ACTIVITY REPORT for the 20 histories of sent and received
faxes automatically.
For details on the procedure to print ACTIVITY REPORT manually:
Summary of Reports and Lists
•TX report•
Selects whether to print TX REPORT/ERROR TX REPORT automatically after sending a fax.
If you print the report, select Print error only or Print for each TX.
If you select Print error only or Print for each TX, you can specify the print setting that the first page
of the fax is printed along with the report.
•RX report
•
Selects whether to print RX REPORT automatically after receiving a fax.
If you print RX REPORT, select Print error only or Print for each RX.
•Print when no ink
•
Sets whether to continue printing the received fax without storing it in the printer's memory when the
ink has run out.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
184
Security control
•Fax no. re-entry•
If you select ON, you can set the printer to send faxes after using the Numeric buttons to enter the
number twice. By using this setting, you can avoid the mistransmission of faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
•Check RX fax info•
If you select ON, the printer checks whether the recipient's fax device information matches the dialed
number. If it matches the number, the printer starts to send faxes.
Preventing Mistransmission of Faxes
•Hook setting•
If you select Enable, you can use the on hook dial function.
•Fax RX reject•
If you select ON, the printer rejects the reception of faxes with no sender information or faxes from
specific senders.
Rejecting Fax Reception
•Caller rejection•
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service, the printer detects the sender's Caller ID. If the sender's ID
matches the condition specified in this setting, the printer rejects the phone call or fax reception from
the sender.
If you select Subscribed, you can specify the settings of rejection.
Using Caller ID Service to Reject Calls
Note
• This setting may not be supported depending on the country or region of purchase. Contact your•
telephone company to confirm whether it provides this service.
185
Print settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
•Prevent abrasion•
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower•
print quality.
•Amount of extension•
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:•
Printing from a standard form.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be•
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Amount: Large•
for this setting may help solve the problem.
•Auto photo fix set.•
Selecting ON will prioritize the printing of the Exif information in the image.
•Prevent double-feed•
Select ON to prevent double-feed of plain paper.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed.•
186
LAN settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Print LAN details
Wi-Fi
•Wi-Fi enab./disable•
Enables or disables Wi-Fi.
•Wi-Fi setup•
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
Note
• You can also enter this setting menu by selecting Wi-Fi setup from the Setup menu screen and•
pressing the OK button.
◦Easy WL connect◦
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from
a device (such as a smartphone) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦Manual connect◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦WPS (Push button)◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦Other setup◦
▪Manual setup▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually.
▪WPS (PIN code)
▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
•Manual setup
•
For details on each setting item:
Manual setup
187
Wireless Direct
•Switch WL Direct•
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
•Change name (SSID)•
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
•Change password•
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
•Confirm request•
Set whether the printer displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting the printer.
•Manual setup•
For details on each setting item:
Manual setup
Print LAN details
You can print out the network settings of the printer such as its IP address and SSID.
For more information on the printer's network setting is printed out:
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
Manual setup
•Set printer name
•
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.•
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.•
•TCP/IP settings•
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
•WSD setting•
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦Enable/disable WSD◦
188
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in•
Windows.
◦Optimize WSD-In◦
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦WSD scan from dev.◦
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD.
◦Timeout setting◦
Specifies the timeout length.
•Bonjour settings•
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦Enab./disab. Bonjour◦
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦Enter service name◦
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected•
devices.
•LPR setting•
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
•RAW protocol•
Enables/disables RAW printing.
•LLMNR•
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
•IPP settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
•IPsec settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec settings.
189
Other dev. settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
•Date/time setting•
Sets the current date and time.
Setting Sender Information
Important
• If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be reset.•
•Date display format•
Sets the format of dates displayed on the LCD and printed on sent faxes.
•DST setting•
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward
at certain periods of the year.
You can set your printer to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Setting Sender Information
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Sound control•
Selects whether the beep sound in operations is enabled or not.
◦Keypad sound◦
Selects whether the beep sound is enabled or not when pressing the buttons on the operation
panel.
◦Alarm sound◦
Selects whether the alarm is enabled or not.
◦Line monitor sound◦
Selects whether the line monitor sound is enabled or not.
◦Offhook alarm◦
Selects whether the alarm is enabled or not when the phone receiver is not put on the hook
properly.
•Country and region•
Selects the country or region where you are using the printer.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
190
•Key repeat•
Selecting ON lets you quickly display candidate numbers or characters by holding down the button
during character entry.
•Orig. remov. remind.•
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the•
original may not be detected.
•Wi-Fi pairing•
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦Enab./disab. pairing◦
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦Additional pairing◦
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
◦Del. paired devices◦
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
191
Language selection
Changes the language for LCD messages and menus.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Indonesian / Vietnamese
192
Firmware update
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the internet.•
•Install update•
Performs the firmware update of the printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.•
Check the network settings.
If Cannot connect to the server; try again is displayed on the LCD, press the OK button and
try again after a while.
•Current version•
You can check the current firmware version.
•Update notification•
You can set the printer to display the firmware update information on the LCD when the firmware update
is available.
When Idle/Power off is selected, the printer informs you of the update during idle and the update
information also appears when you press the ON button.
•Auto update setting•
Select ON to automatically update the firmware to the latest version.
•DNS server setup•
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
•Proxy server setup•
Performs settings for a proxy server. Select Use or Do not use. If you select Use, follow the display on
the LCD to perform settings.
193
Reset setting
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
You can set the settings back to the default.
•Web service setup•
Returns the Web service settings back to the default.
•LAN settings•
Returns the LAN settings back to the default.
•Telephone no. data•
Returns the telephone/fax number settings to default.
•Setting data•
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items other than the network
settings or the fax settings back to the default.
•Fax settings•
Returns the fax settings back to the default. Disconnect the telephone line from the printer before you
return this setting item back to the default.
•All data•
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:•
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
The cumulative usage count of copy, scan, fax, etc. registered in Print usage stats.
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
The country or region selected for Country and region
You can delete the registered user's name or telephone number following the procedure below.
1. Displays Add unit tel. number or Displays Add unit name.1.
Setting Sender Information
2. Delete all the numbers and the letters by pressing the Back button.2.
3. Press the OK button after deleting all the numbers and the letters.3.
194
Feed settings
Select this menu from Setup menu.
Note
• By registering the paper size and the media type, the message can be displayed before printing starts•
when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
•Save paper info•
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the front tray.
•Det. paper mismatch•
If you select ON, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those
registered in Save paper info. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message is
displayed on the LCD.
•Detect reinsertion•
If you select ON, the printer detects paper insertion and removal. When the paper information
registration screen is displayed, register the paper size and the media type.
195
ECO settings
This setting allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Turning off Printer Automatically
Turning on Printer Automatically
Using Two-sided Printing
Turning off Printer Automatically
You can enable the printer to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent
to the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.3.
4. Select EnergySaveSettings and then press the OK button.4.
5. Select Auto power off and then press the OK button.5.
6. Select a time to turn off the printer and then press the OK button.
6.
Turning on Printer Automatically
You can enable the printer to turn on automatically when printing data is sent to the printer or the printer is
operated for scanning from the computer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select EnergySaveSettings and then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Auto power on and then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select ON and then press the OK button.
6.
196
Using Two-sided Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select 2-sidedPrintSetting and then press the OK button.
4.
5. Specify settings as necessary.
5.
•Copy
•
Select two-sided copying as a default.
•Template print
•
Select two-sided printing of template forms on the printer as a default.
•Fax print•
Select two-sided printing of sent/received faxes, reports, or lists as a default.
197
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
In addition, you can specify the time range to reduce the operating noise.
Important
• Set the current date and time in advance.•
Setting Sender Information
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Quiet mode and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select ON or Specify hrs of use and then press the OK button.4.
• When ON is selected:•
You can reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
• When Specify hrs of use is selected:•
The screen to specify starting/ending time is displayed. Use the button to move the cursor
under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to enter the time, then press the OK button.
You can reduce the operating noise during the specified time.
Important
• Operating speed may be reduced compared to when OFF is selected.•
•This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain
•
noise, such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
198
System information
Select this menu from Setup menu.
•Current version•
Displays the current firmware version.
•Printer name•
Displays the printer name currently specified.
•Serial number•
Displays the printer serial number.
199
Checking the Total Number of Uses of Printer
The total number of uses of printer can be printed and checked.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
2.
3. Press the Setup button.
3.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Print usage stats and then press the OK button.
4.
The total number of uses of printer is printed.
200
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing (Copy): 7 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 0.8 W or less *1*2
OFF: 0.3 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 17.2 x 11.7 x 7.5 in. (Approx. 435 x 295 x 189 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 12.7 lb (Approx. 5.8 kg)
* With the FINE Cartridges installed.
201
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size Platen: A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
ADF: A4/Letter/Legal, 8.5 x 15.7 in. (216 x 399 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
600 x 1200 dpi *
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Fax Specifications
Applicable line Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
IP phone line (IP phone line with quality of no problem at all by using in
conversation)
Communication mode Super G3, G3
Data compressing system Black: MH, MR, MMR
Color: JPEG
Modem speed max. 33.6 kbps
(Automatic fallback)
Transmission speed Black: Approx. 3 seconds/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Color: Approx. 1 minute/page at 33.6 kbps
(Based on Canon COLOR FAX TEST SHEET.)
Gradation Black: 256 levels
Color: 24 bit Full Color (RGB each 8 bit)
Density adjustment 3 levels
Memory Transmission/reception: approx. 50 pages
(Based on ITU-T No.1 chart for US specifications and Canon FAX Standard
chart No.1 for others, both in standard mode.)
Fax resolution Black Standard: 203 pels/in. x 98 lines/in. (8 pels/mm x 3.85 lines/mm)
Black Fine, Photo: 203 pels/in. x 196 lines/in. (8 pels/mm x 7.7 lines/mm)
Black Extra fine: 300 x 300 dpi
Color: 200 x 200 dpi
Dialing Automatic dialing
202
• Recipient (max. 20 destinations)•
• Group dial (max. 19 destinations)•
Regular dialing
Automatic redialing
Manual redialing (max. 10 destinations)
Others Activity report (after every 20 transactions)
Sequential broadcasting (max. 21 destinations)
Rejected numbers (max. 10 destinations)
Err reduction (VoIP) *
* For details, see "Err reduction (VoIP)" in "Adv. fax settings".
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed operating
system.
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
203
macOS
Operating System macOS High Sierra 10.13.6 - macOS Big Sur 11
Other Supported OS
iOS, iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
204
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.•
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,•
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>•
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>•
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>•
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>•
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>•
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>•
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>•
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>•
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>•
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>•
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>•
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>•
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>•
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>•
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>•
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>•
206
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)•
• Envelopes•
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.•
Standard sizes:
• Letter•
• Legal•
• A5•
• A4•
• B5•
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)•
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)•
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)•
• Envelope Com 10•
• Envelope DL•
Special sizes
• Minimum size: 4.00 x 6.00 in. (101.6 x 152.4 mm)•
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)•
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2)•
207
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the front tray and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Front Tray
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Front Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 Approx. 80 sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*2
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm): 10
sheets
KG/4"x6"(10x15): 20 sheets
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
1 sheet
208
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Front Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
Envelopes 5 envelopes
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Approx. 50 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
or envelopes from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
209
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper•
• Damp paper•
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing•
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards•
• Postcards•
• Envelopes with a double flap•
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface•
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive•
• Any type of paper with holes•
• Paper that is not rectangular•
• Paper bound with staples or glue•
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal•
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.•
210
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.•
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print•
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch•
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.•
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level•
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
211
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
Basic Printing Setup
1. Check that printer is turned on
1.
2. Load paper in printer
2.
3. Open printer driver's setup screen
3.
4. Select frequently used settings
4.
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.
When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper
Size automatically switch to the predefined values.
5. Select print quality
5.
For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.
215
Important
• The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6. Click OK6.
The printer will now print using these settings.
Important
• When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
• To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
216
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the
Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that
appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver
1. Open printer driver setup window
1.
2. On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...
2.
The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.
3. Confirm the printer settings3.
Current printer settings are displayed in Paper Source, Media Type, and Printer Paper Size.
4. Apply settings4.
To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.
Note
• If the paper size in Feed settings on the printer is set to 5"x7", the dialog will appear by
clicking Set.
Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.
• If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will
not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.
217
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High Res
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Paper information reg-
istered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301> Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PlusGlossyII
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum ProPlatinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Paper information registered on
the printer
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
218
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver Paper information registered on the
printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card Others
219
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal
A5 A5
A4 A4
B5 B5
4"x6" 10x15cm KG/4"x6"
5"x7" 13x18cm 5"x7"
8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10"
Envelope Com 10 Env. Com 10
Envelope DL Envelope DL
Custom Size Others
220
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size
and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the
application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size
and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Select the paper size
2.
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Set Orientation
3.
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to
perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
222
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
2.
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3. Specify the print order
3.
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
223
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4. Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
224
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Note
• You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the
printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set borderless printing2.
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
225
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size3.
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
4.
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK
5.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
226
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no
margin before printing.
227
Scaled Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set scaled printing
2.
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
3.
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
4.
•Select a Printer Paper Size
•
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When
the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
•Specify a scaling factor
•
228
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings
preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Click OK5.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the printer driver.
Note
• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
229
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set page layout printing
2.
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
4.
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and
click OK.
230
Page Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of
pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
231
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Performing Automatic Duplex Printing
You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set automatic duplex printing2.
Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked.
3. Select the layout
3.
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Set the print area
4.
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than
usual and the document may not fit on one page.
Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK.
232
Use normal-size printing
Print without reducing the page.
Use reduced printing
Reduce the page slightly during printing.
5. Specify the side to be stapled
5.
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
6. Set the margin width
6.
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
7. Complete the setup7.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, duplex printing will be started.
Performing Duplex Printing Manually
You can perform the duplex printing manually.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Set duplex printing
2.
Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab.
233
3. Select the layout
3.
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled4.
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5. Set the margin width5.
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup6.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Press the OK button on the printer to print the opposite side.
Important
• Automatic duplex printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from
Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A4
• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page
(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying
wait time at Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
234
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer1.
2. Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select the media type3.
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4. Select the paper size4.
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10 or Envelope DL,
and then click OK.
5. Set the orientation5.
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
•If Envelope Com 10 or Envelope DL is selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the
paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation
is [Landscape] setting for Custom Settings in the Maintenance tab.
6. Select the print quality
6.
236
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Click OK7.
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer
Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
237
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer
so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
239
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1. Select print command from application software
1.
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2. Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
1. Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers1.
2. Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Important
• Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs regarding
the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear when opening
through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding Windows functions, refer to
the user's manual for the Windows.
240
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
241
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
2.
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3. Display Estimated ink levels
3.
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
243
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, the following functions will not operate.
◦Preview before printing on the Main tab
◦Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing, Specify Margin..., Print from Last
Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
• If you are using a model that has a card slot, the card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In
such cases, restart the printer or turn it off and reconnect the USB cable.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of
the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce," the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
244
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Incorporated), printing may take time or some
data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog
box.
245
Quick Setup Tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting,
the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key
and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
247
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a
confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is
displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
248
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends
slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab,
choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the
document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the
paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
249
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom.
The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
The paper source of the media is being displayed.
Front Tray
Paper is always supplied from the front tray.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is
possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default
values (factory settings).
250
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the
items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
251
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
The paper source of the media is being displayed.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Related Topics
Basic Printing Setup
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
Duplex Printing
Perform Borderless Printing
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
252
Main Tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Front Tray
Paper is always supplied from the front tray.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
253
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and select the
Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
•Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
254
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total
color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
255
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
256
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this
tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
257
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster,
or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce
the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size
loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
258
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex
Printing check box is checked.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Print Area Setup...
Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic
duplex printing.
This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
259
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
260
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
•If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
261
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Print Area Setup dialog box
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual.
Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.
This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document
fits in one page.
Use normal-size printing
Prints the document pages without reducing them. This is the default setting.
Use reduced printing
Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing.
Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
262
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
263
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Print With
Specify the FINE cartridge to be used from the installed FINE cartridges.
Select from All Colors (Default), Color Only, Black Only.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer
uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper or Envelope is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either
FINE cartridge is detached.
Stamp/Background dialog box
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the
document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or
background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
264
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
• For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
• For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
• For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
265
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
•Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
266
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
267
Note
• Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
Related Topics
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Perform Borderless Printing
Fit-to-Page Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Booklet Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting the Stapling Margin
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Changing the Print Options
Stamp/Background Printing
268
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
269
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, check this check box.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10 or Envelope DL is selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the
printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and
allows you to continue printing.
To enable detection of paper setting mismatches, uncheck this check box.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
Allow Google Analytics to send information
To stop sending information, uncheck this check box.
The check box appears only if a user with administrator privileges is logged on. If information is not
provided, the check box will not appear.
270
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
Displays the ink status.
FINE cartridge types and ink levels can be confirmed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images, icons, and messages to display the printer status and the ink
status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
271
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays FINE cartridge types and estimated ink levels as images.
Also, if the remaining ink is low or empty, an icon or a message will appear (Ink level warning /
Ink empty error).
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of FINE cartridges that the printer can use.
The colors are calibrated to match the color with the least amount of ink remaining, and then all
colors are displayed at the same level.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct FINE cartridge for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
How to load paper
Displays a guide message if the other guide is not displayed when the printer begins
printing for media types other than plain paper.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, click How to load paper on the Display Guide
Message in the Option menu and enable this setting.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window as a pop-up, and displays it in front of the
other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Display Firmware Update Notifications
Displays firmware update notifications.
If there's a firmware update available, a dialog box is displayed when you start printing.
272
If you add a check mark to Do not show this message again in this dialog box, you can
prevent it from displaying again.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
273
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
1. Turn on the printer1.
2. Start the installer
2.
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
•A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
3. Install the MP Drivers
3.
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation4.
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
274
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
275
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
276
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type, the message is displayed before printing starts when the
paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
When you load paper on the front tray
The screen to register the front tray paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver for•
Windows and on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing/copying are different from the
paper information registered to the printer
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5•
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4•
277
When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.
Check the contents of the displayed message, press the OK button and then choose one of the following.
Print on set paper
Select if you want to print/copy on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information registered
to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing/copying on the paper loaded in the front tray without
changing the paper size setting for printing/copying.
Replace the paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the front tray.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the front tray before you start printing/
copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver for•
Windows and on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings
and try printing/copying again.
278
Making Copies
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Load paper.
2.
3. Press the COPY button.
3.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4. Load original document on platen or in ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
4.
5. Confirm the page size (A) and magnification (B).
5.
Note
• To change or confirm the page size, magnification, or other settings, press the Menu/Wireless•
connect button, then use the button to display the desired setting item.
Setting Items for Copying
• Press the COPY button to reset the magnification to 100%.•
6. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of copies.6.
7. Press the Black button or the Color button.7.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen or from the document output slot after copying is complete.
Important
•If you load the original on the platen, do not open the document cover or remove the original while
•
Scanning... is displayed on the LCD.
•If you load the original in the ADF, do not move the original until copying is complete.
•
Note
•If you load the original on the platen, you can add the copying job while printing.
•
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
280
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
If you load the original on the platen, you can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The screen like shown below is displayed when you can reserve copy.
Load the original on the platen and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as the
one which you previously pressed.
Note
• When Print quality is set High, or you load the original in the ADF, you cannot add the copying job.•
• If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method•
to cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel copying all scanned data. If you select Cancel last reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to reserve copy, Memory is full may appear on the LCD.•
Press the OK button and wait a while, then try copying again.
• If Try again appears on the LCD when scanning, press the OK button, then press the Stop button to•
cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have not been finished copying.
281
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as the page size, media type, and intensity.
In the copy mode, press the Menu/Wireless connect button, use the button to select a setting item,
then press the OK button.
Use the button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Copy standby screen when all the settings are complete.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
•Enlarge/Reduce•
Select the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed under the following conditions.•
When standard copying is selected
When Borderless copy is selected for Special copy
•Copy intensity•
Change the intensity (brightness).
Ex:
Note
• If you select Auto adjust, load the original on the platen.•
• If you select Manual adjust, use the button to decrease the intensity or the button to•
increase it.
•Page size•
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
Ex:
282
Note
• Some of setting items are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Media type•
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
Ex:
•Print quality•
Select the print quality according to the original.
Ex:
Note
• Select High to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or•
white.
•4-on-1 layout•
Select the layout when copying four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
Four different layouts are available.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 4-on-1 copy is selected for Special copy.•
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
•Collate•
Select whether to obtain sorted printouts when making multiple copies of a multi-paged original.
Collated Copying
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed when standard copying is selected.•
•2-sided•
Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
283
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 2-sided copy is selected for Special copy.•
Two-Sided Copying
•Stapling side•
Select the orientation and the stapling side of the printed paper.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 2-sided copy is selected for Special copy.•
Two-Sided Copying
284
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
286
IJ Scan Utility Features
Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folders are as follows.•
Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
288
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
289
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames•
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
1.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.2.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3.
4. Click Auto.4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box displayed by clicking Settings... to set where
to save the scanned images and to make advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.•
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
290
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
3.
item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box.
Note
•Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
•In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo.
4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
291
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Add,
delete, rearrange pages or make other edits in the created PDF files.
Important
• You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
• Only PDF files created or edited in IJ Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or
edited in other applications are not supported.
Note
• You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
• Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
• Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
• When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.•
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
1. Place items on platen or ADF.1.
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.2.
3. Click PDF Editor.
3.
IJ PDF Editor starts.
4. To specify the paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File
4.
menu, and then set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box.
Note
•Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
•In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
292
5. Click (Scan) on Toolbar.5.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file•
you want to edit.
• You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.•
6. Add pages as needed.6.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click (Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
Click (Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF
file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
•You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
•
7. Edit pages as needed.
7.
When changing page order:
Click the page you want to move, and then click (Page Up) or (Page Down) on the Toolbar to
change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the
target location.
293
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click (Delete Page) on the Toolbar.
Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.•
8. Select Save As... in File menu.8.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Specify save settings.
9.
Save Dialog Box (PDF Edit Screen)
10. Click Save.
10.
The PDF file is saved.
Note
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the•
passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click (Save) on the Toolbar.•
294
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps ( , , and
).
296
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
297
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from IJ Scan Utility
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
1.
For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for
"Starting IJ Scan Utility."
2. In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
2.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1. Start application.
1.
2. On application's menu, select machine.
2.
Note
• A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3. Scan document.
3.
The ScanGear screen appears.
298
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)•
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.•
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source to match your document.2.
299
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
•To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3. Click Preview.
3.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
•Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
Note
• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4. Set Destination.
4.
Note
•Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5. Set Output Size.
5.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
6.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
300
7. Set Image corrections as needed.7.
8. Click Scan.8.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
301
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
303
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
304
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size
of the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
305
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
•Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
306
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
307
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
308
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.•
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
309
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Important
• The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
311
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame
(scan area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its
non-magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
frame.
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
312
Note
•Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
• (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
313
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
•The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
•The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
314
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
315
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.•
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be•
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
316
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panelor scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing
the devices.
• Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB1.1.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these•
steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at
600 dpi in full-color.
•ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
•Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
317
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
318
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the•
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area)
of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
320
Important
•Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a for-
mat other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (di-
agonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
•Place up to 12 items.
•Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are cor-
rected automatically.
Important
•For the portions in which items cannot be scan-
ned, see Loading Originals.
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
• Be careful not to let anything get inside the document output slot. It may cause damage.
• Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
• For supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF, see Supported Originals.
Note
• To scan a document at optimum quality, load it on the platen.
321
1. Make sure any original has been removed from platen.1.
2. Open document tray (A).2.
3. Slide the document guide (B) all the way out.3.
4. Load document with side to scan facing up in document tray.4.
Insert the document until it stops.
5. Adjust document guide to match width of document.
5.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed
properly.
322
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our
website.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.
Important
• If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for•
scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also
changes.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network
Scanner Selector EX.
Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of
the Online Manual for details.
• To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX beforehand.
1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
1.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
•If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
•
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
323
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
2.
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
3.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
• If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4. Click OK.4.
Note
• The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the
Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
1.
2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product
2.
Name.
3. Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
3.
4. Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
4.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
324
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.5.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
Important
• Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.•
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
1.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to•
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
2.
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
3.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
4. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
4.
325
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.
Note
•When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.
5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.
5.
Note
• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then•
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
326
Preparing for Faxing
Connect the printer to the telephone line and set up the printer before using the faxing functions. Then
specify the basic setting such as sender information, date/time, and daylight saving time.
Important
• If the Power Disconnects:•
If there is a power failure or if you accidentally unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be
reset.
The settings for user information and directory will be retained.
All faxes stored in the printer's memory, such as unsent and received faxes, will be lost.
If the power disconnects, the following will apply:
You will not be able to send or receive faxes, make copies, or scan originals.
When you are connecting the telephone, whether or not you can use it depends upon your
telephone line or telephone.
Setting Up Printer
The printer must be set up depending on your telephone line and use of the faxing function.
All Setup
FAX Setup Guide
Individual Setup
Step1 Connecting Telephone Line
Step2 Setting Telephone Line Type
Step3 Setting Receive Mode
Step4 Setting Sender Information
Note
•You can set the fax setting according to the instruction on the LCD.
•
Easy setup
If you set up according to the instruction on the LCD, the receive mode is set to Tel. priority mode or
Fax only mode. To receive faxes with DRPD or Network switch, change the receive mode.
Setting Receive Mode
328
Connecting Telephone Line
The connection method differs depending on your telephone line.
• If you connect the printer to wall telephone line directly/If you connect the printer with the xDSL splitter:•
Basic Connection (Connecting with General Telephone line)
• If you connect the printer to another line such as an xDSL:•
Connecting Various Lines
If the connection is incorrect, the printer cannot send/receive faxes. Connect the printer correctly.
Important
• Do not connect fax devices and/or telephones in parallel (US and Canada only).•
If two or more fax devices and/or telephones are connected in parallel, the following problems may
occur and the printer may not operate properly.
If you pick up the handset of the telephone that is connected in parallel during fax transmission or
reception, the fax image may be corrupted or a communication error may occur.
Such services as Caller ID, etc. may not operate properly on the telephone.
If you cannot avoid parallel connections, set the receive mode to Tel. priority mode, understanding
that the above problems may occur. You will only be able to receive faxes manually.
Basic Connection (Connecting with General Telephone line)
Make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end of supplied telephone line cable to the telephone
line jack near the "LINE" mark of the printer, then connect the other end to the telephone line jack on the
wall or to the telephone line jack of the xDSL splitter.
When you connect the telephone to the printer, make sure that the printer is turned off, connect one end
of the modular cable to the external device jack near the "EXT." mark of the printer, then connect the other
end to the telephone line jack of the telephone.
329
Important
• Be sure to connect the telephone line before the printer is turned on.•
If you connect the telephone line when the printer is turned on, turn the printer off and unplug the
power cord. Wait for 1 minute then connect the telephone line and power plug.
Note
• Refer to Rear View for the position of the telephone line jack and the external device jack.•
• Before connecting a telephone or answering machine, remove the Telephone connector cap.•
•For users in the UK:•
If the connector of the external device cannot be connected to the jack on the printer, you will need to
purchase a B.T. adapter to connect as follows:
Attach the B.T. adapter to the modular cable connecting the external device, then connect the B.T.
adapter to the external device jack.
Connecting Various Lines
This section introduces how to connect various lines.
These are examples and could not be guaranteed to suit every connecting condition. For details, refer
to the instruction manual supplied with the network device (control devices such as an xDSL (Digital
Subscriber Line) modem or terminal adapter) you are connecting to this printer.
Note
• xDSL is the generic term for the high speed digital communication technology with telephone line•
such as ADSL/HDSL/SDSL/VDSL.
330
•Connecting to an Internet Telephone•
A: Digital Subscriber Line
B: xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C: Broadband router compatible with Internet Telephone
D: Computer
E: Telephone or answering machine
F: WAN (Wide Area Network) port
G: LAN (Local Area Network) port
H: TEL port
I: LINE port
* Port configurations and names may vary depending on the product.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in•
Telephone line type.
Setting Telephone Line Type
•Connecting to an xDSL•
A: Analog Subscriber Line
B: xDSL modem (splitter may not be built-in to the modem)
C: Computer
D: Telephone or answering machine
Important
• When the splitter is not built-in to the xDSL modem, do not branch the telephone line before the•
splitter (wall side). And also, do not connect splitters in parallel. The printer may not be able to
operate properly.
Note
• When connecting to the xDSL line, select the same line type as you are subscribing to in•
Telephone line type.
331
Setting Telephone Line Type
Before using your printer, make sure you set the correct telephone line type for your telephone line. If you
are unsure of your telephone line type, contact your telephone company. For xDSL or ISDN connections,
contact the telephone company or service provider to confirm your line type.
Important
•For users in China•
After plugging the power cord and turning on the printer, the telephone line type is selected
automatically. However, if the printer is connected to the control device such as an xDSL modem
or terminal adapter, the telephone line type may not be selected correctly.
In this case, set the line type manually.
For details on how to set the Telephone line type manually in China:
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
Note
•Telephone line type will not appear in countries or regions where Rotary pulse is not supported.•
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to check the current setting.•
Summary of Reports and Lists
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Fax user settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Select Telephone line type, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select a telephone line type, then press the OK button.
6.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
7. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
7.
333
Setting the Telephone Line Type Manually in China
This section describes the procedure to set the telephone line type manually in China.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Fax user settings, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Tel. line auto select, then press the OK button.
5.
The current telephone line type is displayed.
Note
• If you do not need to change the telephone line type, press the FAX button to return to the Fax•
standby screen.
6. Select OFF, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select a telephone line type, then press the OK button.7.
Rotary pulse
Select when your telephone line type is pulse dialing.
Touch tone
Select when your telephone line type is tone dialing.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
8. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
8.
334
Setting Receive Mode
Set the receiving operation (receiving mode).
For details on how to set the receive mode:
Setting Receive Mode
You can select the appropriate mode.
For details on the selectable receive mode:
About Receive Mode
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
Note
• The receiving operation procedure varies depending on the selected receive mode.•
For details on receiving method depending on each receive mode:
Receiving Faxes
• If you want to use a single telephone line for faxes and voice calls, you need to connect a telephone or•
an answering machine to the external device jack of this printer.
For details on how to connect the telephone or the answering machine to the printer:
Basic Connection (Connecting with General Telephone line)
Setting Receive Mode
This section describes the procedure to select the receive mode.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode set., then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select the receive mode, then press the OK button.
5.
The confirmation message for the advanced settings appears.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
•For details on the receive mode:
•
About Receive Mode
335
•DRPD is available only in the US and Canada.•
•Network switch may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Refer to Receiving Faxes for information on receiving faxes or the procedure for each receive
•
mode.
6. If you make the advanced settings, select Yes and press the OK button. If not, select No
6.
and press the OK button.
Make the advanced settings as necessary.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
About Receive Mode
You can select the receive mode suitable for your fax use conditions: whether you use a dedicated line for
fax, etc.
•Tel. priority mode•
Select when mainly receiving voice calls (with a telephone or answering machine connected to the
printer).
Receiving operation:
1. When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.1.
2. Pick up the handset.2.
If the call is a voice call, talk on the telephone.
If the call is a fax, hang up the handset after the printer starts receiving the fax.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the printer, depending•
on the type or settings of the telephone.
•DRPD or Network switch•
Select when receiving voice calls (with a telephone or answering machine connected to the printer)
and subscribing to a ring pattern detection service provided by your telephone company.
Receiving operation:
1. When a call incomes, the telephone will ring.1.
2. The printer detects a fax call by the fax ring pattern.2.
If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
If the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Note
• The telephone may not ring when a call incomes even if it is connected to the printers, depending•
on the type or settings of the telephone.
336
•Fax only mode•
Select when not receiving voice calls.
Receiving operation:
1. When a fax incomes, the printer will receive the fax automatically.1.
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
•Advanced setting in Tel. priority mode•
You can specify the following setting items.
◦Manual/auto switch◦
If you select ON, the printer automatically receives faxes after the external device rang a specified
length of time.
Use the button or the Numeric buttons to specify the length of time until automatic reception
is started.
◦User-friendly RX◦
If you select ON, the printer automatically switches from telephone calling to fax reception by
detecting the fax signal (CNG signal) when you lift the handset of the telephone or the answering
machine answers. When you have an answering machine connected to the printer, select ON to
switch to fax reception automatically after the answering machine answers.
If you select OFF, the printer does not switch from telephone calling to fax reception automatically
even if the printer detects the fax signal (CNG signal). Select OFF if you want the printer not to
switch automatically during a call.
Note
• If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the number of times the external device•
rings specified with Incoming ring in Fax only mode is available in Tel. priority mode.
If you want to specify the number of times the external device rings in Tel. priority mode,
select Fax only mode for Receive mode set. under Fax menu, specify the number of times the
external device rings with Incoming ring, then switch to Tel. priority mode for Receive mode
set..
•If you subscribe to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, we recommend that Manual/auto
•
switch be set to OFF.
•Advanced setting in Fax only mode
•
You can specify the following setting item.
◦Incoming ring
◦
337
Use the button or the Numeric buttons to specify the number of times the external device
rings when incoming.
•Advanced setting in DRPD•
You can specify the following setting items.
◦DRPD: Fax ring pat.◦
Sets the distinctive ring pattern of a call that the printer assumes is a fax call.
If you subscribe to a DRPD service, set the ring pattern to match the pattern assigned by your
telephone company.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
◦Incoming ring◦
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
•Advanced setting in Network switch•
You can specify the following setting item.
◦Incoming ring◦
You can specify the number of times the external device rings when incoming.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
If you have subscribed to a Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) service provided by your telephone
company, your telephone company will assign two or more telephone numbers with distinctive ring
patterns to your single telephone line, allowing you to have different numbers for fax calls and voice
calls using only one telephone line. Your printer will automatically monitor the ring pattern, and will
automatically receive the fax if the ring pattern is a fax call.
To use DRPD, follow the procedure below to set the fax ring pattern that matches the pattern assigned by
your telephone company.
Note
• Contact your local telephone company for detailed information on this service.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Receive mode set., then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select DRPD, then press the OK button.
5.
338
The confirmation screen asking whether to make advanced settings is displayed.
6. Select Yes, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select DRPD: Fax ring pat., then press the OK button.
7.
The DRPD: Fax ring pat. screen is displayed.
8. Select the ring pattern that your telephone company assigned to your fax number, then8.
press the OK button.
Select from Normal ring, Double ring, Short-short-long, or Short-long-short.
Note
•The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
9. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.9.
339
Setting Sender Information
You can set the sender information such as user information and date/time.
About Sender Information
Setting Date and Time
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Registering User Information
About Sender Information
If the unit name and unit fax/telephone number are registered, they are printed with date and time as
sender information on the recipient's fax.
A: Date and time of transmission
B: Unit fax/telephone number
C: Unit name
D: The registered recipient's name is printed when sending faxes.
E: Page number
Note
• You can print USER'S DATA LIST to confirm the sender information you have registered.•
Summary of Reports and Lists
• When sending faxes in black & white, you can select whether to print the sender information inside or•
outside the image area.
Specify the setting on TTI position in Adv. fax settings under Fax settings.
Adv. fax settings
• You can select the date print format from three formats: YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, and DD/MM/•
YYYY.
Select the date print format on Date display format under Other dev. settings.
Other dev. settings
Setting Date and Time
This section describes the procedure to set the date and time.
340
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Device settings, then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Other dev. settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Select Date/time setting, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Set the date and time.
6.
Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, then use the Numeric buttons to
enter the date and time.
Enter the time in 24-hour format.
Enter only the last two digits of the year.
7. Press the OK button.7.
8. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.
8.
Setting Daylight Saving Time (Summer Time)
Some countries adopt the daylight saving time (summer time) system that shifts the clock time forward at
certain periods of the year.
You can set your printer to automatically change the time by registering the date and time that daylight
saving time (summer time) begins and ends.
Important
• Not all the latest information of all countries or regions is applied for DST setting by default. You•
need to change the default setting according to the latest information of your country or region.
Note
• This setting may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
341
3. Select Device settings, then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Other dev. settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Select DST setting, then press the OK button.5.
6. Select ON, then press the OK button.6.
To disable summer time, select OFF.
7. Set the date and time when summer time starts.
7.
1. Select Start date/time, then press the OK button.
1.
2. Make sure that Set month is selected, then press the OK button.
2.
3. Select the month when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Make sure that Set week is selected, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select the week when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Make sure that Set day of week is selected, then press the OK button.
6.
7. Select the day of the week when summer time starts, then press the OK button.7.
8. Make sure that Set shift time is selected, then press the OK button.8.
9. Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to9.
enter the time (in 24-hour format) when summer time starts, then press the OK button.
Precede single digits with a zero.
8. Set the date and time when summer time ends.8.
1. Use the button to select End date/time, then press the OK button.1.
2. Make sure that Set month is selected, then press the OK button.2.
3. Use the button to select the month when summer time ends, then press the OK button.3.
4. Make sure that Set week is selected, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Use the button to select the week when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Make sure that Set day of week is selected, then press the OK button.
6.
7. Use the button to select the day of the week when summer time ends, then press the OK
7.
button.
8. Make sure that Set shift time is selected, then press the OK button.
8.
9. Use the button to move the cursor under the desired position, use the Numeric buttons to
9.
enter the time (in 24-hour format) when summer time ends, then press the OK button.
Precede single digits with a zero.
342
9. Press the FAX button to return to the Fax standby screen.9.
Registering User Information
This section describes the procedure to register the user information.
Note
• Before sending a fax, be sure to enter your name and fax/telephone number in Add unit tel. number•
and Add unit name on the Fax user settings screen (for US only).
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select Fax settings, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Fax user settings, then press the OK button.4.
5. Enter the unit fax/telephone number.
5.
1. Make sure that Add unit tel. number is selected, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the unit fax/telephone number.2.
3. Press the OK button.3.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 20 digits, including spaces.•
• For details on how to enter or delete characters:•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
6. Enter the unit name.
6.
1. Make sure that Add unit name is selected, then press the OK button.
1.
2. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the unit name.
2.
3. Press the OK button.
3.
Note
•You can enter the name up to 24 characters, including spaces.
•
•For details on how to enter or delete characters:
•
343
Registering Recipients Using Operation Panel of Printer
Registering recipients in the printer's directory in advance allows you to dial fax/telephone numbers simply.
The following methods to register are available:
• Recipient registration•
Registering the recipient's fax/telephone number and name allows you to send a fax by selecting a
registered recipient in the printer directory.
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
• Group dial registration•
You can combine two or more recipients registered in advance into a group. You can send the same
document to all the registered recipients in the group.
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
You can register up to 20 recipients in total of individual recipients and group dials.
Note
• To change the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Changing Registered•
Information.
• To delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial, see Deleting Registered•
Information.
• To print a list of the recipient's fax/telephone numbers and names registered, see Printing List of•
Registered Destinations.
• You can register, change, or delete the registered information of the recipient or the group dial using•
Speed Dial Utility on the computer.
For Windows:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
For macOS:
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (macOS)
346
Registering Fax/Telephone Number of Recipients
Before you can use the printer's directory, you need to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers. Follow
the procedure below to register the recipients' fax/telephone numbers.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Select Recipient, then press the OK button.6.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
7. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number, then press
7.
the OK button.
Note
• If you already registered the recipient, the fax/telephone number is displayed next to the ID•
number. If you already registered the group dial, (Not available) is displayed.
8. Select a registration method, then press the OK button.
8.
9. Register the recipients' fax/telephone number.
9.
•From outgoing log is selected as the registration method:
•
The screen to select the fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
1. Select a fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
1.
The fax/telephone number selected from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
347
2. Check the fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.2.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the printer and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed.
•From incoming log is selected as the registration method:•
The screen to select the fax/telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is
displayed.
1. Select a fax/telephone number or a name, then press the OK button.
1.
The fax/telephone number selected from the incoming call logs is displayed.
2. Check the fax/telephone number, then press the OK button.
2.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the printer and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed.
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
•Enter directly is selected as the registration method:•
The screen to enter the fax/telephone number is displayed.
1. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the fax/telephone number you want to register.1.
2. Press the OK button.
2.
The fax/telephone number is registered to the printer and the screen to enter the recipient's
name is displayed.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada,•
Korea and some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
•Press the button twice to enter a pause.
•
•When Telephone line type in Fax user settings under Fax settings is set to Rotary
•
pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone button.
10. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the recipient's name.
10.
If you select a name on From incoming log in step 9, the name may be already entered. If you do not
change the name, go to step 11.
348
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Press the OK button to finalize registration.11.
Note
•To register another recipient's number and name, select an unregistered ID number and operate
•
in the same procedure.
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
•You can check the recipient's numbers and names you have registered by printing RECIPIENT
•
TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
349
Registering Recipients in Group Dial
If you register two or more registered recipients to a group dial, you can send the same document
successively to all recipients registered to the group dial.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Select Group dial, then press the OK button.6.
The screen to select an ID number is displayed.
7. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an unregistered ID number, then press
7.
the OK button.
Note
• If you already registered the recipient, (Not available) is displayed next to the ID number. If you•
already registered the group dial, the registered group name is displayed.
The Group member screen is displayed.
8. Register the registered recipient as a member of the group dial.
8.
1. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
1.
2. Choose a recipient to register as a member.
2.
You can choose a recipient with the two methods. The method can be switched by pressing the
button.
350
• When Add to group is displayed on the LCD:•
Use the button to select a recipient's ID number to register to the group dial.
•When Enter first letter is displayed on the LCD:
•
After you use the Numeric buttons to enter the first letter of the recipient's name you want to
search, the registered recipients are displayed in alphabetical order.
Use the button to select a recipient's ID number to register to the group dial.
3. Press the OK button.
3.
The selected recipient is registered as a member of the group dial.
4. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button to display the screen to select an ID number, then add4.
another member.
Repeat this step to register the other recipient to the same group dial.
Note
•You can check the recipient's ID number and name registered to the group dial by using the
•
button.
9. Press the OK button after finishing registering the member you want to register to the group
9.
dial.
The screen to enter the group name is displayed.
10. Use the Numeric buttons to enter the group name.
10.
Note
•You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
11. Press the OK button to finalize registration.
11.
351
Note
• To register another group, select an unregistered ID number and operate in the same procedure.•
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
• You can check the recipients you have registered to the group dial by printing GROUP DIAL•
TELEPHONE NO. LIST.
Printing List of Registered Destinations
352
Changing Registered Information
To change information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Change the registered information.6.
• To change the recipient's information:•
1. Select Recipient, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select a recipient's ID number, then press the
2.
OK button.
3. Select Edit, then press the OK button.3.
The screen to select a registration method is displayed as well as when you register the
recipient.
4. Select a registration method, then press the OK button.4.
5. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number.5.
◦From outgoing log is selected as the registration method:
◦
The screen to select the fax/telephone number from the outgoing call logs is displayed.
After you use the button to select a fax/telephone number and press the OK button,
the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press
the OK button.
◦From incoming log is selected as the registration method:
◦
The screen to select the fax/telephone number or the name from the incoming call logs is
displayed. After you use the button to select a fax/telephone number or a name and
press the OK button, the editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone
number, then press the OK button.
353
Note
• This registration method may not be available depending on the country or region of•
purchase.
◦Enter directly is selected as the registration method:◦
The editing screen is displayed. Change the recipient's fax/telephone number, then press
the OK button.
Note
• You can enter the fax/telephone number up to 60 digits (40 digits for the US, Canada,
•
Korea and some regions of Latin America), including spaces.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
•Press the button twice to enter a pause.
•
•When Telephone line type in Fax user settings under Fax settings is set to Rotary
•
pulse, you can enter a tone ("T") by pressing the Tone button.
6. Change the recipient's name, then press the OK button.6.
Note
• You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
• To change a group dial:•
1. Select Group dial, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to change,
2.
then press the OK button.
3. Select Edit, then press the OK button.3.
4. Edit the member of the group dial.4.
To add a member, press the Menu/Wireless connect button to display the screen to select
an ID number and then add another member.
To delete a member, select a member to delete and then press the Tone button.
5. Change the group name, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
•You can enter the name up to 16 characters, including spaces.
•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Note
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
354
Deleting Registered Information
To delete information registered for recipient and group dial, follow the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Directory, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select Add directory entry, then press the OK button.
5.
Note
• You can select Add directory entry from Add tel. number in Fax settings after pressing the•
Setup button.
6. Delete the registered information.6.
• To delete the recipient's information:•
1. Select Recipient, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select a recipient's ID number, then press the
2.
OK button.
3. Select Delete, then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Yes, then press the OK button.4.
•To delete a group dial:
•
1. Select Group dial, then press the OK button.1.
2. Use the button or the Numeric buttons to select an ID number of group dial to delete,
2.
then press the OK button.
3. Select Delete, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select Yes, then press the OK button.
4.
Note
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the FAX button.
•
355
Printing List of Registered Destinations
You can print a list of the fax/telephone numbers and can keep it near the printer to refer to when dialing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Load paper.
2.
3. Press the FAX button.
3.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
4.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
5. Select Print reports/lists, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Select Directory list, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select an item to print, then press the OK button.7.
• If you selected Recipient:•
The confirmation screen asking if you print the list alphabetically by name is displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST is printed in
alphabetical order.
If you select No and press the OK button, RECIPIENT TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST is printed in
the order of the ID number.
• If you selected Group dial:•
GROUP DIAL TELEPHONE NO. LIST is printed.
356
Registering Recipients Using Speed Dial Utility2 (Windows)
About Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 is a utility for forwarding the telephone directory registered on the printer to a computer
and registering/changing it on the computer. In addition, you can register the telephone directory edited on
the computer to the printer. You can also save them on the computer as a backup.
For safety reasons, it is recommended that you backup the registered data on the computer using Speed
Dial Utility2.
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your Computer
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
357
Starting Up Speed Dial Utility2
Important
• Before starting up Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that the printer is connected to the computer correctly.
• Do not plug in or unplug any cables while the printer is in operation, or when the computer is in sleep or
standby mode.
• If your printer is compatible with LAN connection, make sure that the printer is connected to the
computer with LAN connection to use Speed Dial Utility2 via LAN connection.
• The password entry screen may appear during startup or operation. If it appears, enter the
administrator password, and then click OK. If you do not know the administrator password, contact
the administrator of the printer.
Follow the procedure below to start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1. Make sure printer is turned on.
1.
2. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
2.
• For Windows 10, click Start button and select All apps, Canon Utilities, and then Speed Dial
Utility2.
• For Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Speed Dial Utility2 on the Start screen to start Speed Dial
Utility2. If Speed Dial Utility2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, and
then search for "Speed Dial Utility2".
• For Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All programs, Canon Utilities, Speed
Dial Utility2, and then Speed Dial Utility2.
Speed Dial Utility2 starts up.
Note
• You can also start up Speed Dial Utility2 from Quick Utility Toolbox.
358
Speed Dial Utility2 Dialog box
The following items are on the Speed Dial Utility2 dialog box.
1. Printer Name:1.
Selects the printer for editing the telephone directory using Speed Dial Utility2.
Behind printer name, printer's MAC address is displayed.
Note
• For checking printer's MAC address, refer to "Checking Network Information" for your model from
Home of the Online Manual.
• For printer that supports both wireless LAN connection and wired LAN connection, MAC address
of wired LAN connection is displayed regardless of the connection method.
2. Display Printer Settings
2.
Loads the telephone directory registered on the printer that selected for Printer Name: into Speed Dial
Utility2.
3. Setting Item List:
3.
Selects a setting item for editing. Choose one item from TEL Number Registration, User Information
Setting, and Rejected Number Setting.
4. Registered information list
4.
Displays the registered information selected for Setting Item List:.
359
Note
• By clicking on the item name, you can sort the display order.
5. Edit.../Select All/Delete5.
Edits the item that selected for Setting Item List:, or deletes the item, or selects all the items.
When multiple items on the registered information list are selected, you cannot use the Edit... button.
6. Load from PC...
6.
Displays the telephone directory saved on the computer.
7. Instructions
7.
Displays this guide.
8. Exit
8.
Quits Speed Dial Utility2. Information registered or edited using Speed Dial Utility2 is neither saved on
the computer nor registered on the printer.
9. Save to PC...9.
Saves the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 on the computer.
10. Register to Printer10.
Registers the telephone directory edited using Speed Dial Utility2 to the printer.
360
Saving Registered Telephone Directory on Printer to Your
Computer
Follow the procedure below to save the telephone directory (includes recipients' name, recipients' fax/
telephone number, group dial, user's name, user's fax/telephone number, and rejected numbers) that
registered on the printer to the computer.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click Save to PC....
3.
4. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
4.
Note
•The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) can be imported to other printer.
•
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your Computer to Printer
361
Registering a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register fax/telephone numbers.
Note
Before you register fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
4.
The Individual or Group Selection dialog box is displayed.
5. Click Register individual TEL number or Register group dial, and then click Next....5.
•If Register individual TEL number is selected:
•
1. Enter name.1.
2. Enter fax/telephone number.
2.
• If Register group dial is selected:•
362
1. Enter group name.
1.
2. Select a code you want to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
2.
Note
• You can only add the numbers that have already been registered.
6. Click OK.6.
To continue registering fax/telephone numbers or a group dial, repeat steps 4 to 6.
• To save the registered information on the computer.•
1. Click Save to PC....1.
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.2.
• To register the registered information to the printer:•
1. Click Register to Printer.
1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.2.
The information is registered to the printer.
363
Changing a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you change fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....
4.
• If an individual fax/telephone number is selected:•
1. Enter a new name.1.
2. Enter a new fax/telephone number.2.
• If a group dial is selected:•
1. Enter a new group name.
1.
364
2. Add or delete a member to/from group dial.2.
To add a member:
Select a code to add to group dial, and then click Add >>.
To delete a member:
Select a code to delete from group dial, and then click << Delete.
5. Click OK.
5.
To continue changing fax/telephone numbers or group dials, repeat steps 4 and 5.
•To save the edited information on the computer.
•
1. Click Save to PC....
1.
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
2.
•To register the edited information to the printer:
•
1. Click Register to Printer.
1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.
2.
The information is registered to the printer.
365
Deleting a Fax/telephone Number Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to delete fax/telephone numbers.
Note
• Before you delete fax/telephone numbers using Speed Dial Utility2, make sure that no fax operations
are in progress.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click TEL Number Registration from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of registered fax/telephone numbers is displayed.
4. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.
4.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
5. When confirmation screen appears, click OK.5.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
To continue deleting fax/telephone numbers, repeat steps 4 and 5.
• To save the edited information on the computer.•
1. Click Save to PC....1.
2. Enter file name on the displayed screen, and then click Save.2.
• To register the edited information to the printer:•
1. Click Register to Printer.
1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.2.
The information is registered to the printer.
366
Changing Sender Information Using Speed Dial Utility2
Follow the procedure below to change the user's name or fax/telephone number.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click User Information Setting from Setting Item List:.
3.
The user's information is displayed.
4. Select an item to change, and then click Edit....
4.
The User Information dialog box is displayed.
5. Enter new user's name on User Name and new fax/telephone number in TEL Number,
5.
and then click OK.
• To save the edited information on the computer:•
1. Click Save to PC....1.
2. Enter file name on displayed screen, and then click Save.
2.
• To register the edited information to the printer:•
1. Click Register to Printer.1.
2. When message appears, check it and click OK.2.
The information is registered to the printer.
367
Registering/Changing Rejected Number Using Speed Dial
Utility2
Follow the procedure below to register, change, or delete rejected numbers.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click Rejected Number Setting from Setting Item List:.
3.
The list of rejected numbers is displayed.
•To register a rejected number:
•
1. Select an unoccupied code from list, and then click Edit....
1.
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog box, and then click OK.
2.
•To change a rejected number:
•
1. Select a code to change from list, and then click Edit....1.
2. Enter fax/telephone number in Rejected Number dialog box, and then click OK.2.
• To delete a rejected number:•
1. Select a code to delete from list, and then click Delete.1.
The selected fax/telephone number is deleted.
Note
• To delete all fax/telephone numbers on the list, click Select All, and then Delete.
368
Registering Telephone Directory Has been Saved on Your
Computer to Printer
You can load the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) and register it to your printer.
The data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer can be loaded and
registered to your printer.
Note
• In Speed Dial Utility2, the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported using Speed
Dial Utility can be loaded.
1. Start up Speed Dial Utility2.
1.
2. Select a printer from Printer Name: list box, and then click Display Printer Settings.
2.
3. Click Load from PC....
3.
4. Select a data of telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) to register to your printer.
4.
5. Click Open on dialog box.5.
The selected telephone directory is displayed.
Note
• If you select the data of the telephone directory (RSD file, *.rsd) that is exported from other printer,
the confirmation message appears. Click OK.
6. Click Register to Printer.6.
The telephone directory that has been saved on the computer is registered to your printer.
369
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
This section describes dialing and sending faxes directly by entering the fax/telephone numbers.
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect•
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on platen or in ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
3.
Important
• When sending a double-sided document, load the document on the platen. Double-sided•
documents cannot be automatically scanned and sent from the ADF.
Note
• For details on the types, conditions of document, and how to load the document:•
Loading Originals
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.4.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Use the Numeric buttons to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
5.
Use the following buttons to dial the recipient's fax/telephone number.
Numeric buttons:
Enters the number.
button:
Enters a space.
button:
Deletes the last character you entered.
371
button:
By pressing this button once, "#" is entered. By pressing this button one more time, "P" is entered.
6. Press the Black button or the Color button.
6.
The printer starts scanning the document.
Important
•Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.
•
• Do not open the document cover until scanning is completed.
•
7. Start sending.
7.
•If you load the document in the ADF:
•
The printer scans the document automatically and starts sending the fax.
Note
•To cancel a fax transmission, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in
•
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
•If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,
•
Original in ADF [OK]Eject the original is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button,
the remaining documents are automatically ejected.
•If you load the document on the platen:
•
After scanning the document, the confirmation screen asking you if you load the next document is
displayed.
To send the scanned document, press the OK button to start sending it.
To send two or more pages, follow the message to load the next page, and press the Color or
Black button. After scanning all pages, press the OK button to start sending.
Note
• To cancel sending the fax, press the Stop button.•
Note
• When your printer is connected to a PBX (Private Branch Exchange) system, refer to the operating•
instructions of the system for details on dialing the recipient's fax/telephone number.
• In case the printer was not able to send a fax, such as when the recipient's line was busy, it has the•
function to automatically redial the number after a specified interval. Automatic redialing is enabled by
default.
Automatic Redialing
• Unsent documents, such as those pending redial, are stored in the printer's memory. They are not•
stored in the case of a sending error.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
372
• Do not unplug the power cord until all documents are sent. If you unplug the power cord, all unsent•
documents stored in the printer's memory are lost.
373
Resending Faxes (Redialing Busy Number)
There are two methods of redialing: Automatic redialing and Manual redialing.
• Automatic Redialing•
If you send a document and the recipient's line is busy, the printer will redial the number after a specified
interval.
Automatic Redialing
• Manual Redialing•
You can redial to the recipients dialed using the Numeric buttons.
Manual Redialing
Important
• It may be possible that faxes will reach unintended recipients due to the misdialing or incorrect•
registration of fax/telephone numbers. When you send important documents, we recommend that you
send them after speaking on the telephone.
Sending Fax after Speaking on Telephone
Note
• Automatic redialing is enabled by default.•
• For details on the basic sending operations:•
Sending Faxes by Entering Fax/Telephone Number
Automatic Redialing
You can enable or disable automatic redialing. If you enable automatic redialing, you can specify the
maximum number of redial attempts and the length of time the printer waits between redial attempts.
Enable and specify the automatic redialing setting on Auto redial in Adv. fax settings under Fax
settings.
Adv. fax settings
Important
•While automatic redialing, the unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory temporarily until the
•
sending fax is complete. If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord before automatic
redialing is complete, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted and not sent.
Note
•To stop automatic redialing, wait until the printer starts redialing, then press the Stop button.
•
•To cancel automatic redialing, delete the unsent fax from the printer's memory while the printer is
•
on-standby for a redial operation. For details, see Deleting Document in Printer's Memory.
374
Manual Redialing
Follow the procedure below for manual redialing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Load documents on platen or in ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
3.
4. Adjust the scan contrast and resolution as necessary.
4.
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
5. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
5.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
6. Select Redial, then press the OK button.6.
7. Select the recipient's number to redial, then press the OK button.
7.
8. Press the Black button or the Color button.8.
Important
• Color transmission is available only when the recipient's fax device supports color faxing.•
Note
• For manual redialing, the printer memorizes up to 10 recent recipients dialed by entering the fax/•
telephone numbers. Note that the printer does not memorize any recipients dialed using the redial
function or selecting from the directory.
• To cancel manual redialing, press the Stop button. To cancel a fax transmission while it is in•
progress, press the Stop button, then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• If documents remain in the ADF after the Stop button is pressed while scanning is in progress,•
Original in ADF [OK]Eject the original is displayed on the LCD. By pressing the OK button, the
remaining documents are automatically ejected.
375
Setting Items for Sending Faxes
If you select Fax TX settings after pressing the Menu/Wireless connect button on the Fax standby screen,
you can specify the settings of the scan contrast and the scan resolution.
Adjust the scan contrast and resolution following the procedure below.
1. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button on the Fax standby screen.1.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
2. Select Fax TX settings, then press the OK button.
2.
3. Select Scan contrast, then press the OK button.
3.
4. Select the scan contrast, then press the OK button.
4.
The button decreases the scan contrast, and the button increases the scan contrast.
5. Select Scan resolution, then press the OK button.5.
6. Select the scan resolution.
6.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
Standard
Suitable for text-only documents.
Fine
Suitable for fine-print documents.
Extra fine
Suitable for detailed illustration or fine-print quality documents.
If the recipient's fax device is not compatible with Extra fine (300 x 300 dpi), the fax will be sent in
the Standard or Fine resolution.
Photo
Suitable for photographs.
Note
•When sending a color fax, documents are always scanned in the same resolution (200 x 200 dpi).
•
The image quality (compression rate) is determined by which scan resolution is selected, except
that Extra fine and Photo provide the same image quality.
376
7. Press the OK button.7.
The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen.
377
Sending Faxes from Computer (Windows)
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver) Basic
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver
General Notes (Fax Driver)
378
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver)
You can send faxes using the fax driver from applications that support document printing.
Note
• Only black and white transmission is supported.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.
1.
2. Open the document you want to fax with an application (such as Notepad), and then click
2.
the Print command. (The command is Print... on the File menu.)
3. In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box, select Canon XXX series FAX (where
3.
"XXX" is the model name).
4. Click Print or OK.
4.
* Print dialog box in Notepad
Note
•Click Preferences or Properties in the Print dialog box to open the print settings dialog box of
the fax driver in which you can set the paper size and print orientation. For details on how to open
the print settings dialog box of the fax driver, see "How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax
Driver."
5. Click Open Address Book... in Set Recipient in the Send Fax dialog box.
5.
379
6. Select a recipient from Recipient Name in the Select Recipient from Address Book
6.
dialog box, then click Set as Recipient.
The selected recipient is reflected in Recipient in the Send Fax dialog box.
Important
•You cannot specify a recipient if there is no recipient registered in the address book. Register the
•
recipient in the address book and reopen the address book.
For details on how to register recipients in the address book, see "Creating an Address Book (Fax
Driver)."
•If the recipient's fax/telephone number is entered incorrectly or the registered fax/telephone
number is incorrect, the fax may be sent to an unexpected recipient. When sending an important
fax, it is recommended that you send it after confirming the entered information and recipient's
status.
Note
•You can also specify Recipient by entering the Recipient Name and Fax Number in Direct
•
Entry in the Send Fax dialog box and then clicking Set as Recipient.
380
For details on valid characters, see "General Notes (Fax Driver)."
You can send faxes even if only the Fax Number is entered.
You can register the recipient you entered to the address book by clicking Add to Address
Book.... For details on how to register recipients in the address book, see "Creating an
Address Book (Fax Driver)."
•Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed.
•
(Example: When the outside line access number is "0" and the fax number is "XXX-XXXX", enter
"0XXX-XXXX".)
7. Click Transmit.
7.
When a confirmation message is displayed, click OK.
Important
• If you cannot send a fax due to line failure or other problem, see "Cannot Send Faxes from
Computer."
Canceling Transmission
If you click Transmit in the Send Fax dialog box, the printer icon is displayed in the taskbar. Double-click
this icon to display the list of fax jobs awaiting transmission or being sent.
Right-clicking a job and selecting Cancel stops transmission.
381
Creating an Address Book (Fax Driver)
By using the address book, you can send a fax by simply specifying a recipient from it.
You can register the recipient's name, fax number and other information in the address book.
Registering a recipient (WAB contact) in the address book
You can register an individual recipient (Contact) in the address book.
1. Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver.
1.
2. Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box.
2.
Note
• Once an individual recipient (Contact) is registered in the address book folder (Windows•
Contacts) as an address book file (.contact file), it can be used in multiple applications.
However, you cannot change the address book you use, as only one address book can be
created per user.
Follow the steps below to open Windows Contacts.
Windows 10:
Search for "Contacts" from Search box.
Windows 8.1/Windows 8:
Select the Search charm, then search for "Contacts".
Windows 7/Windows Vista:
Select XXXX (user name) from the Start menu, then double-click Contacts.
3. In the Address Book dialog box, click New....
3.
382
4. Select Contact in the New Entry dialog box, then click OK.
4.
Note
• For faxing, you can only specify the Contact (one recipient). You cannot specify a Distribution
List.
5. On Name and E-mail tab of Properties dialog box, enter First and Last.
5.
The recipient's name will be printed at the top of the fax received by the recipient.
383
6. Enter the fax number on the Home or Work tab, then click OK.
6.
An individual recipient (Contact) is registered in the address book.
Note
• You can also register a recipient by clicking the Add to Address Book... button on the Send•
Fax dialog box after entering the recipient.
•Add the outside line access number before the fax number as needed.
•
(Example: When the outside line access number is "0" and the fax number is "XXX-XXXX",
enter "0XXX-XXXX".)
•If you upgrade from Windows XP to Windows Vista, the address book you created in Windows
•
XP may not be reflected in Windows Vista. In this case, open the address book in the following
procedure and reflect the information to a new address book.
1. Select Control Panel > Appearance and Personalization > Folder Options.
384
2. Click the View tab of the Folder Options dialog box, select Show hidden files and
folders in Advanced settings, then click OK.
3. From the Start menu, select XXXX (user name), then double-click AppData > Roaming >
Canon > MP5 to open the folder.
4. Double-click the ".wab" file.4.
The address book will be reflected in Windows Vista automatically.
Related Topic
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver)
385
Edit or Remove a Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)
You can change the recipients' names, fax numbers and other information, or delete recipients registered in
the address book.
Editing Recipients in an address book
1. Open the print settings dialog box of the fax driver.
1.
2. Click Address Book... in the displayed dialog box.
2.
3. Select the recipient you want to edit from the Address Book dialog box, then click
3.
Properties....
4. Change information as needed on the Properties dialog box, then click OK.
4.
386
4. When a confirmation message is displayed, click Yes.
4.
388
Search for a Recipient in an Address Book (Fax Driver)
You can search for recipients registered in the address book by name.
1. Open the document you want to fax with an application (such as Notepad), and then click1.
the Print command. (The command is Print... on the File menu.)
2. In Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box, select Canon XXX series FAX (where
2.
"XXX" is the model name).
3. Click Print or OK.
3.
* Print dialog box in Notepad
4. Click Open Address Book... in Set Recipient in the Send Fax dialog box.
4.
389
5. Enter the name of the recipient you want to search for in Search by Recipient in the5.
Select Recipient from Address Book dialog box.
If the entered name is found, the recipient will be displayed in the contact list with its name selected.
While the name is selected, click Set as Recipient to enter it as the recipient.
Important
•You cannot search by criteria other than name.
390
Cannot Send Faxes from Computer
Check 1 Is the power turned on?
You cannot send faxes if the power is turned off. Press the ON button to turn the power on.
If you disconnected the power cord without turning off the power (one of the buttons on the operation panel is lit),
reconnecting it turns on the power.
If you disconnected the power cord after pressing the ON button to turn off the power (no buttons on the
operation panel are lit), reconnect it, then press the ON button to turn on the power.
If the power was turned off due to power failure, etc., the power is automatically turned on when the power failure
is resolved.
Important
•Confirm that all lamps on the operation panel are off before unplugging the power cord, then unplug the
•
power cord.
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the machine's memory are
deleted.
Note
•If the faxes stored in the machine's memory are deleted by a power failure or unplugging the power cord,
the list of the faxes deleted from the machine's memory will be printed after turning the machine on.
Check 2 Is a document being sent from memory or a fax being received into memory?
When the message for the transmission/reception is displayed on the machine's LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
monitor, a fax is being sent from/received into machine's memory. Wait until the transmission/reception is
complete.
Check 3 Is the telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Check 4 Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Resend the fax after a while.
If you still cannot send the fax, select OFF for Dial tone detect in Advanced FAX settings under FAX settings.
Check 5 Is the recipient's fax number correct?
Check the recipient's fax number, then send the document again.
Sending a FAX (Fax Driver)
391
Note
•For details on how to change the recipients registered in the address book, see "Edit or Remove a
Recipient from an Address Book (Fax Driver)."
Check 6 Does an error occur during transmission?
Check if a message is displayed in the computer screen.
If displayed, check the message, then resolve the error.
Check 7 Does a printer error occur?
Check if a message is displayed on the LCD monitor.
If a support code is displayed, see "Support Code List" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
If no support code is displayed, see "A Message Is Displayed" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
If you are in a hurry, press the Stop button to close the message, then send the fax.
Check 8 Is the telephone line connected correctly?
Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack.
If the telephone line is connected correctly, then there is a problem with your telephone line. Contact your
telephone company and the manufacturer of your terminal adapter or telephone adapter.
392
How to Open the Setting Screen of the Fax Driver
The following explains how to display the print settings dialog box or the Properties dialog box of the fax
driver from your application or from the fax/printer icon.
Opening the Print Settings Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from an
Application
1. Click the Print command in the application.
1.
In general, you can open the Print dialog box by selecting Print from the File menu.
2. Select "your model name," then click Preferences (or Properties).
2.
The print settings dialog box of the fax driver appears.
Opening the Print Settings Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/
Printer Icon
•Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7:•
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
1.
2. Right-click the Canon XXX series icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and select
2.
Printing Preferences, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the model
name.)
•Windows Vista:•
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.1.
2. Right-click the Canon XXX series FAX icon (where "XXX" is the model name) and2.
select Printing Preferences....
Opening the Properties Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/
Printer Icon
•Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7:•
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
1.
2. Right-click the Canon XXX series icon or Canon XXX series FAX icon and select
2.
Printer Properties, then Canon XXX series FAX. (Where "XXX" is the model name.)
393
•Windows Vista:•
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.1.
2. Right-click the Canon XXX series FAX icon (where "XXX" is the model name) and2.
select Properties.
394
General Notes (Fax Driver)
This fax driver is subject to the following restrictions.
Keep the following points in mind when using the fax driver.
• The fax driver may not work correctly when sending a Microsoft Excel 2002 document as a fax with the•
Allow A4/Letter Paper Resizing option checked in Microsoft Excel 2002. Follow the instructions below
to solve the problem:
1. Click Options... from the Tools menu.
2. Uncheck the Allow A4/Letter Paper Resizing option on the International tab.
• When using a network compatible printer, you cannot send faxes from multiple computers at the same•
time. If you try to send a fax from a computer while a fax is being sent from another computer, a
message appears and your fax cannot be sent.
Make sure that a fax is not being sent from another computer.
• If you assign the fax driver to the Bluetooth port, you cannot send a fax from the computer.
• You can use the following characters for Fax Number:•
Character Explanation
0 - 9 * # For use in telephone and fax numbers.
, p To place a pause between numbers.
P To place a pause at the end of a sequence of numbers.
T Numbers after the T will be sent as a tone signal.
+ - ( ), space To make the number easier to read. You cannot insert a space at the front of a number.
*You cannot use ".", "R", "M", or "E".
• You can enter the following number of characters in Recipient Name and Fax Number.•
Recipient Name: Up to 16 characters
Fax Number: Up to 60 characters
* The number of characters you can enter differs in some regions.
•The fax driver does not work correctly if you uncheck the Enable printer pooling option on the Ports
•
tab of the Canon XXX series FAX Properties dialog box (where "XXX" is the model name). Check that
the option is checked.
For details on how to open the Canon XXX series FAX Properties dialog box, see "Opening the Properties
Dialog Box of the Fax Driver from the Fax/Printer Icon."
395
Receiving Faxes
This section describes the preparation necessary for receiving a fax and how to receive a fax.
Preparing for Receiving a Fax
Prepare for receiving a fax according to the following procedure.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Make sure of the receive mode setting.
3.
Make sure of the receive mode setting displayed on the Fax standby screen.
Note
• For details on how to change the receive mode:•
Setting Receive Mode
4. Load paper.
4.
Load the sheets of plain paper.
5. Specify the paper settings as necessary.5.
Changing Paper Settings
This completes the preparation for receiving fax.
When a fax is received, it is printed on the loaded paper automatically.
Receiving a Fax
Depending on the selected receive mode, the receive operation varies.
Note
• For details on the receive mode:•
Setting Receive Mode
• You can specify the advanced settings of each receive mode.•
For details on the advanced settings of the receive mode:
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
397
• If the printer was not able to print a received fax, the printer stores the unprinted fax temporarily in its•
memory.
Memory Reception
When Tel. priority mode is selected:
•When the call is a fax:•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset. If you hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, then hang up
the handset.
The printer will receive the fax.
Note
• If the printer will not switch to fax reception, press the FAX button, then the Color or Black•
button to receive the fax.
• To receive a fax without picking up the handset, set Manual/auto switch of the advanced•
setting to ON. RX start time allows you to specify the number of seconds until the printer
switches to fax reception.
• If you have subscribed to Duplex Ringing service in Hong Kong, the telephone will ring a•
specified number of times when there is an incoming call with a fax distinctive ring pattern.
Then, the printer will switch to fax reception automatically without the handset being picked up.
The number of times to ring the telephone until switching to fax reception can be changed.
• Set the printer to enable you to initiate fax reception from a connected telephone (remote•
reception).
Remote Reception
•When the answering machine is connected to the printer:•
If the answering machine is set to the answering mode, set User-friendly RX of the
advanced setting to ON. If the call is a fax, the printer will receive the fax automatically.
398
If the answering mode is turned off on the answering machine, pick up the handset. If you
hear the fax tone, wait for at least 5 seconds after it stops, then hang up the handset.
If Manual/auto switch of the advanced setting is set to ON, set RX start time to longer
than the time before the answering machine starts playing the answering message. After
making this setting, we recommend that you call the answering machine using a mobile
phone, etc. to confirm that messages are recorded successfully in the answering machine.
Set your answering machine to answering mode and adjust it as follows:
The entire message should be no longer than 15 seconds.
In the message, tell your callers how to send a fax.
•When the call is a voice call:•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• If the printer unexpectedly switches to fax reception during telephone calls, set User-friendly•
RX of the advanced setting to OFF.
• If Manual/auto switch of the advanced setting is set to ON, you must answer an incoming call•
by picking up the handset within the time specified in RX start time. Otherwise the printer will
switch to fax reception.
When Fax only mode is selected:
•When the call is a fax:•
The printer will receive the fax automatically.
Note
• If a telephone is connected to the printer, the telephone will ring when a call incomes.•
399
• You can change the number of times to ring the telephone with Incoming ring of the advanced•
setting.
When DRPD or Network switch is selected:
•When the call is a fax:•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
The printer will receive the fax automatically when the fax ring pattern is detected.
Note
•You can change the number of times to ring the telephone.
•
Advanced Settings of Receive Mode
•When the call is a voice call:
•
The telephone will ring when a call incomes.
When the printer does not detect the fax ring pattern, the telephone will continue ringing.
Pick up the handset, and talk on the telephone.
Note
• To use this feature, you need to subscribe to a compatible service provided by your telephone•
company.
•For DRPD•
You need to select the appropriate ring pattern on the printer.
Setting the DRPD Ring Pattern (US and Canada only)
400
•For Network switch•
The name of this service varies depending on the country or region of purchase. This setting
may not be also available depending on the country or region of purchase.
401
Changing Paper Settings
This printer prints received faxes to paper loaded in the printer beforehand. You can use the operation panel
to change the paper settings for printing faxes. Make sure that the settings are appropriate for the loaded
paper.
Important
• If the size of loaded paper is different from that specified in the paper size setting, Check page size•
Press [OK] are displayed on the LCD. In this case, load the same size of paper as that specified in the
paper size setting, then press the OK button.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• If no paper is loaded, or paper has run out while printing is in progress, the error message for no paper•
is displayed on the LCD. In this case, load paper and press the OK button.
You can also press the Stop button to close the message and print the stored documents in the
printer's memory later.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• If the sender sends a document that is larger than Letter-size or Legal-size, such as 11 x 17 inches, the•
sender's printer may send the fax automatically reduced in size or divided, or send only a part of the
original.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the FAX button.2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Fax paper settings, then press the OK button.
4.
5. Select a setting item, then press the OK button.
5.
6. Specify the settings.
6.
Use the button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Fax standby screen when all the settings are complete or when pressing the
FAX button.
402
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
Page size
Select the page size from A4, Letter, or Legal.
Note
• Some of page sizes are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
Media type
The paper type is set to Plain paper.
2-sided
Select whether to perform two-sided printing when printing faxes, reports, or lists.
403
Memory Reception
If the printer was not able to print the received fax, the received fax is stored in the printer's memory. The
FAX Memory lamp is lit and Fax saved in memory is displayed at the Fax standby screen.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted. The next time you•
turn the printer on, press the OK button after a confirmation screen is displayed. The list of the faxes
deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
If the printer receives a fax under one of the following conditions, the received fax will be automatically
stored in the printer's memory.
•The printer is set to store received faxes in its memory:•
When Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings,
the received faxes are stored in the printer's memory.
You can print the faxes stored in the printer's memory from Memory reference in the Fax menu screen.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• To print the received faxes automatically, select Print for Received documents in Auto print•
settings under Fax settings.
Auto print settings
•An error has occurred on the printer:•
If you select Print for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings, a received fax
will be printed automatically. However, if any of the following errors occurs, the received fax will not be
printed. It will instead be stored in the printer's memory.
When the error is resolved, the fax stored in the printer's memory is printed automatically.
◦ The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax:◦
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• You can set the printer to forcibly print a received fax even if the ink has run out.•
Set Print when no ink in Auto print settings under Fax settings to Print.
However, part or all of the fax may not be printed since the ink has run out.
Also, the contents of the fax will not be stored in the printer's memory.
If the ink has already run out, we recommend that Do not print be selected for Received
documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings to store the received fax in the printer's
memory. After you replace the FINE cartridge and select Print for Received documents in
Auto print settings, the fax stored in the printer's memory will be printed automatically.
404
Auto print settings
◦ Paper has run out:◦
Load the paper and press the OK button.
◦ A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in Fax paper settings is loaded:◦
Load the same size of paper as that specified by Page size in Fax paper settings, and then press
the OK button.
•You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a fax:•
To resume printing of the fax, display the Fax standby screen by pressing the FAX button again.
Note
• The printer can store up to max. 50 pages* (max. 30 documents) of faxes in the printer's memory.•
* When using ITU-T No.1 chart (Standard mode)
• If the printer's memory becomes full during memory reception, only pages which already have been•
received are stored in the memory. Print the received faxes stored in the printer's memory, and then
delete them from the printer's memory and have the sender resend the faxes.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
405
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
If the sending faxes is not complete or the printer was not able to print the received faxes, these faxes are
stored in the printer's memory.
If an error occurred during a fax transmission, the document is not stored in the printer's memory.
In the following cases, the printer is not able to print the received fax and will automatically store the fax in
its memory.
• The amount of remaining ink is insufficient to print a fax.•
• Paper has run out.•
• A different size of paper from that specified by Page size in Fax paper settings is loaded.•
•Do not print is selected for Received documents in Auto print settings under Fax settings.•
• You pressed the Stop button to cancel printing of a received fax.•
Important
• If you unplug the power cord of the printer, all faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.•
For details on how to unplug the power cord, refer to Unplugging the Printer.
You can print or delete the faxes stored in the printer's memory.
• To print a document in the printer's memory:•
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
• To delete a document in the printer's memory:•
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
Note
• When confirming, printing, or deleting a document stored in the printer's memory, you specify it by its•
transaction number. If you do not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of
documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
For details on how to print MEMORY LIST, see Printing Document in Printer's Memory.
407
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
You can print a specified document in the printer's memory or print all the received documents in its memory
at a time.
When printing a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number. If you do not know the
transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST) first.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Load paper.
2.
3. Press the FAX button.
3.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
4. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
4.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
5. Select Memory reference, then press the OK button.5.
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, No documents in memory is displayed on the•
LCD.
6. Select a print menu, then press the OK button.6.
Print memory list
You can print a list of the documents in the printer's memory (MEMORY LIST).
MEMORY LIST shows the transaction number of the unsent or unprinted fax (TX/RX NO.),
transaction mode, recipient's number, and the date and time of the transaction.
A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being sent. A
transaction number from "5001" to "9999" on MEMORY LIST indicates a document being received.
Print specified doc.
You can specify the document and print it.
If you select this menu, the document selection screen is displayed.
Note
•A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction
•
number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
•Each mark before the transaction number indicates the following:
•
No mark: Indicates a black and white document.
: Indicates a color document.
408
: Indicates the document during transmission.
: Indicates the document sent with sequential broadcasting.
• By pressing the button or the Tone button, the transaction number displayed on the LCD•
is switched to transaction time or fax/telephone number.
Specify the document and print it following the procedure below.
1. Select the transaction number (TX/RX no.) of the document you want to print, then press the
1.
OK button.
2. Select whether to print only the first page of the document, then press the OK button.
2.
•If you select Yes:
•
Only the first page of the document will be printed.
The document is still stored in the printer's memory.
•If you select No:
•
All pages of the document will be printed.
The screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in the printer's memory is
displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, the printed document in the printer's memory is
deleted.
Note
•If there is not the specified document in the printer's memory, No document is displayed,
•
and the printer returns to the previous screen.
• To return to the Fax standby screen, press the Stop button.•
Print all RX docs
If you select this menu, the confirmation screen is displayed.
You can print all the received documents in the printer's memory.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, all the documents in the printer's memory will be printed.
Each time a document is printed, the screen to confirm whether to delete the printed document in
the printer's memory is displayed.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, the printed document in the printer's memory is deleted.
409
Deleting Document in Printer's Memory
You can delete a specified document in the printer's memory or delete all the documents in its memory at a
time.
Note
• When deleting a specified document, you specify it by its transaction number (TX/RX no.). If you do•
not know the transaction number for your target document, print the list of documents (MEMORY LIST)
first.
Printing Document in Printer's Memory
1. Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the FAX button.
2.
The Fax standby screen is displayed.
3. Press the Menu/Wireless connect button.
3.
The Fax menu screen is displayed.
4. Select Memory reference, then press the OK button.4.
Note
• If no document is stored in the printer's memory, No documents in memory is displayed on the•
LCD.
5. Select a delete menu, then press the OK button.5.
Del. specified doc.
You can specify the document and delete it.
If you select this menu, the document selection screen is displayed.
Note
•A transaction number from "0001" to "4999" indicates a document being sent. A transaction
•
number from "5001" to "9999" indicates a document being received.
•Each mark before the transaction number indicates the following:
•
No mark: Indicates a black and white document.
: Indicates a color document.
: Indicates the document during transmission.
: Indicates the document sent with sequential broadcasting.
410
• By pressing the button or the Tone button, the transaction number displayed on the LCD•
is switched to transaction time or fax/telephone number.
Specify the document and delete it following the procedure below.
1. Select the transaction number (TX/RX no.) of the document you want to delete, then press the
1.
OK button.
The confirmation screen is displayed.
2. Select Yes, then press the OK button.
2.
The specified document will be deleted from printer's memory.
Note
•To return to the Fax standby screen, press the Stop button.
•
Delete all docs
If you select this menu, the confirmation screen is displayed.
You can delete all the documents in the printer's memory.
If you select Yes and press the OK button, all the documents in the printer's memory will be deleted.
411
Error
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD
Network
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Network Key (Password) Unknown
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Installation
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected
via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Fax
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears
Cannot Receive a Fax/Cannot Receive a Color Fax
FAX Setup Guide
Frequently Asked Questions
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
LCD Is Off
USB Connection Problems
412
Printer Does Not Print
Printing (Copying) Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Ink Does Not Come Out
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Send a Fax
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears
Cannot Receive a Fax/Cannot Receive a Color Fax
Cannot Dial
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
413
Network FAQ
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Cannot Print or Connect
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
415
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
416
Cannot Find Printer on Network
In the following cases, set up the printer again.
• When you buy a new computer or wireless router•
• When you change the settings on your wireless router•
• When the connection method (Wi-Fi / USB) of the printer is changed•
• When you forget the administrator password of the printer•
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > Reset setting > All data to reset the
administrator password to the default setting, and then redo setup.
Reset setting
For more on the setup procedure, click here.
In Other Cases Than Above:
If the printer suddenly stops working, even though you have not changed the settings of the device or
network to which it is connected, or if you cannot find the printer during the setup process, check and
solve the problem, using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. After the condition improves, redo the setup of the
printer.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is a powerful solution tool for network problems.
Step1 Check Basic Items for Network.
Step2 Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Step3 If the Solution Tool Does not Solve the Problem.
Step1 : Check Basic Items for Network.
Check1 Check power status.
Check your printer and the network device (wireless router, etc.) are turned on.
If you are in the process of setting up, interrupt it and check if the wireless router (modem) is turned on and then
check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network device such as router is turned on.1.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off
and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network device such as router is ready for use.
2. Check if printer is turned on2.
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn it off and on again.
419
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
Check2 Check PC network connection.
If your computer and network devices (wireless router, etc.) are fully configured, your computer is ready to
connect to the network.
1. Check the settings of the network device (wireless router, etc.).
1.
Connect to the Internet and see if you can browse any web page. If you cannot view web pages on
your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, and DHCP function.
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, print the network
settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
•Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a
•
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name (SSID).
• For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual•
supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using. For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
2. Check PC network connection.
2.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the computer, or contact the
manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in
order to view web pages, using the information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
Check3 Check printer's Wi-Fi settings.
Make sure icon is displayed on the LCD when Setup button is pressed.
Note
• When you press the Setup button, the icon is displayed only for a short time.•
Press the Setup button to display the icon again.
If or icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi.
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi enab./disable in this
order and select Enable.
420
If icon is displayed:
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Reconsider the locations of the
wireless router and the printer. Also, revisit the location of the wireless router and printer at the next check.
Check4 Check location of wireless router.
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up 50 m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. Make sure the printer is
close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Step2 : Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
•For Windows:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
•For macOS:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Step3 : If the Solution Tool Does not Solve the Problem.
Check1 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of Printer
properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable the bidirectional support.
Check2 Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to
access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check3 If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check4 Solve network troubles manually.
421
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
•Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2 Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
•For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
•
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.1.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.2.
3. Turn on printer.
3.
Check3 Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).1.
2. Turn off printer.
2.
423
3. Shut down computer.3.
After shutting down, restart your computer and install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
downloaded in step 1.
424
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Use the Wi-Fi Connection Assistant to diagnose and repair network status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
•For Windows:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
•For macOS:•
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, check the following items.
WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
Select either WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2.
Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router using the settings you have selected.
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
•Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)•
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
426
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
427
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1 Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
Check2 If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
428
Check3 If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
429
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing
Printing Out Network Settings Information:
Follow the procedure below to print out the network settings information.
Step1 Check that printer and wireless router are turned on.
Turn the wireless router back on.
Wait about five minutes and then turn the printer back on.
Step2 Check your devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) are connected to
Internet.
Make sure that devices and the wireless router are connected to via Wi-Fi or wired LAN, and that the Internet
can be used without problems.
Step3 Check that Wi-Fi setting of your printer is enabled.
When your printer has an LCD, make sure the icon indicating Wi-Fi is displayed.
Step4 Move printer and various devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) close to
wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and devices and the wireless router is too far, the communication quality is
poor. Place the printer and devices closer to the wireless router.
Step5 Print out network settings information
Print out the network settings information on your printer.
Printing Network Settings
Checking Printed Network Settings Information:
From the printed network settings information, check the entries in item "2-2"
C-0
It is connected correctly. If, nevertheless, the printer is not found on the network or printing is not possible,
check the following items.
431
Note
• If codes other than "C-0" are displayed at the same time in the item "2-2" see also the•
correspondence of the other codes.
Check1 Check that security software's firewall is off.
A message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning
message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
Quit the security software and make sure that the printer is recognized and ready to use. If so, the cause is
the firewall setting. Change the firewall settings so that the printer is recognized and ready to use. For details,
contact the manufacturer of the security software.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check2 Does network name (SSID) of printer match network name (SSID) setting of
wireless router that communicates?
Check the "3-2-6" item in the printed network settings information and the network name (SSID) of the wireless
router you want to connect to. If they are not matched, check the SSID and password of the wireless router you
want to connect to, and then setup manually.
Check3 Is privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function enabled
on wireless router?
If it is enabled, disable these functions before performing the setup. To check the settings of the wireless
router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Check4 If MP Drivers (Printer Driver) are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
C-1
The printer's Wi-Fi setting is disabled. (You can also check if the Wi-Fi icon does not appear on the
printer's screen.)
Enable the Wi-Fi setting in the printer's settings screen.
C-3
No IP address is assigned. (You can also check that the item "3-2-12" in the printed network settings
information is blank.)
Check the following items.
Check1 Is printer set to obtain an IP address automatically, or is wireless router
requesting manual addressing?
Refer to the wireless router's manual to enable DHCP (auto-acquisition) settings on the wireless router or to set
a valid IP address on the printer.
432
Check2 When you set printer's IP address manually, correct IP address may not be
set.
Check the network name (SSID) and the password of the wireless router you want to connect to, the IP
address applicable range, and then enter the appropriate IP address on the printer side. If you are unsure, set
the printer's IP address to automatic (DHCP).
C-5
Unable to connect to the specified network. Check the following items.
Check1 Check status of printer and network device (e.g. wireless router) and your
computer/smartphone/tablet.
Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to communicate with this printer and a wireless router. A typical wireless router
can use the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands. In many cases, each frequency band is assigned a different
network name (SSID). Verify the network name (SSID) and password for the frequency band you connect to.
Match the network name (SSID) set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
Check2 Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check3 Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
•Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
•Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
•After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
to determine the installation location.
Check4 Check wireless channel number of Wi-Fi you are using on computer.
Make sure that the wireless channel number on the wireless router is included in the wireless channel number
you checked. If the wireless channel number set for the wireless router is not included, change the wireless
channel number of the wireless router.
Check5 In case of Wi-Fi connection, check if computer that can be accessed by
wireless router is restricted.
The wireless router settings may be limiting the number of devices that can be connected at the same time.
Remove or relax the restrictions.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
433
Note
•To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
Check6 If problem occurs only when wireless router is in energy-saving mode, turn off
energy-saving mode of wireless router.
If the problem seems to occur suddenly, it may be resolved by updating the wireless router firmware (e.g.
update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, etc.). For details, refer to the wireless router's
instruction manual.
Check7 If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
C-4
No default gateway is set.
When you set the IP address of the printer manually, enter a valid default gateway IP address. If you don't
know the default gateway, set the IP address to automatic.
C-7
There may be a problem with the signal.
Check the following items.
Check Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
•Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
•Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
•After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-8
Too many clients are connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
If you want to connect additional devices to the printer, unplug any devices that are not in use before
adding them.
C-9
The noise level is high and does not differ from the signal level due to various devices other than the
printer.
434
• If devices (microwave oven, external hard disk drive, and other USB 3.0 devices) that emit radio waves
of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the
printer and the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• After you change the location of the printer, check the signal quality. Compare the value of "3-2-2" in
the network settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-10
No IP address is assigned by the wireless router.
Check the following items.
Check1 Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check2 Set up printer again and reconnect to Wi-Fi.
Check3 Check DHCP on wireless router. If DHCP is off, set it on.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
C-11
The network name (SSID) remains the default value (The network name (SSID) has not been set). Check
the network name (SSID) of the wireless router.
Verify the network name (SSID) and password of the wireless router you want to connect to, and then set it
up manually.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
435
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1 Check power status of printer and other devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/
tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Check settings of your device (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to the device's instruction manual.
Check3 Print out network settings information.
See "Step1" to "Step5" in Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing.
In the printed network settings information, check if the item "2-2" is not "C-8". If this is the case, the number of
connected printers is too many.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
When you want to connect additional devices, disconnect any devices that are not in use before adding them.
Check4 Check that printer is selected as connection for various devices (e.g.
computer/smartphone/tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
•Display on the LCD.
•
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check5 Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
436
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
•For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.1.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.2.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
•For macOS:•
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
1.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
2.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
3. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
3.
438
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
•For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.
1.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
2.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
•For macOS:•
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
1.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
2.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.3.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network4.
address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
5.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
439
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Important
• After initialization, all network connection information of the printer will be deleted, and printing,•
scanning, and faxing over the network will no longer be possible. To use the printer over a network
again after restoring printer's LAN settings to defaults, refer to Setup Guide to redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
441
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot Print (Scan) from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each•
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1 Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
your smartphone/tablet.
•Turn on the printer or your device.
•If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
•It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2 Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3 Is printer connected to wireless router?
•Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router.
•
icon is displayed, when Setup button is pressed.
If the icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
•Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)
•
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the
printer.
443
Printing Network Settings
Note
• If you have a computer, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network•
status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check4 Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key password) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check5 Check that printer is not placed too far away from wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check6 Check that wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
444
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1 Check power status of printer and device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Turn on the printer or your device.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Is Wireless Direct enabled?
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Switch WL
Direct in this order and select Yes.
Check3 Check settings of device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4 Check that printer is selected as connection for devices (e.g. smartphone/
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
•Display on the LCD.
•
LAN settings
•Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check5 Check that wireless direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check6 Check that printer is not placed too far away from devices.
If the distance between the printer and devices is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and devices close to each other.
Check7 Check that 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
445
Printer Does Not Print
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
•If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
•
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
•
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
•
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Note
•Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
See below for starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check3 Make sure paper settings match information set for front tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the front tray, an error message appears on the LCD.
Follow the instructions on the LCD to solve the problem.
448
Note
•You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
•
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check4 If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
•For Windows:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
•For macOS:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check5 Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
•For Windows:
•
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
•If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
•
selected by default.
•For macOS:
•
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
•If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
•
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
Check6 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.•
449
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.•
Check7 If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
450
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check2 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Retract the output tray extension
and the paper output tray, open the cover, remove the FINE cartridges and then check the following.
•Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.
•
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
•Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks into place.
•
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Check3 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
•For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
•For macOS:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2 Clean the print head.
451
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:•
Clean the print head
•For macOS:•
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3 Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:
•
Clean the print head deeply
•For macOS:
•
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5 Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step6 Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
452
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1 Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
When the paper is loaded correctly, you will hear a beep.
Check2 When loading paper, consider the following.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.•
•When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
•
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•
•When you load the paper on the front tray, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right and left
•
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3 Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4 When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5 Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6 If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the printer, select the setting for
preventing double-feed of plain paper.
If multiple sheets of plain paper is fed from the printer, select the setting for preventing double-feed of plain paper
using the operation panel or your computer.
* After printing is finished, disable the setting for preventing double-feed of plain paper; otherwise, the setting is
applied from the next time.
• To set by using the operation panel•
453
Press the Setup button, select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent
double-feed to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
• To set by using your computer (Windows)•
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Maintenance Tab Description
2. Select Select Printer... and select printer you are using from pulldown menu and select2.
OK.
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4. Select the Prevent paper double-feed check box.4.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.5.
Check7 Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
•Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
•
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
454
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1 Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
•Copying/Printing
•
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
•Printing from your computer
•
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
•Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
•
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2 Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check3 If problem is not resolved, click on illustration that corresponds to problem.
455
Images Incomplete/
Cannot Complete
Printing
Lines Incomplete or
Missing (Windows)
Back of Paper Is
Smudged
Uneven Colors
Streaked Colors
Note
•This web page is a common page across models. Depending on the specifications of the printer you are
•
using, some of the features described (scanner/copy, etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
457
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/
Streaks or Lines
Note
• If black does not print, is faint, or has a blue or red tint, refer to this web page.•
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Retract the output tray extension
and the paper output tray, open the cover, remove the FINE cartridges and then check the following.
• Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.•
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
•Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks into place.
•
458
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Check4 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
•For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
•For macOS:•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2 Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:•
Clean the print head
•For macOS:•
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3 Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•For Windows:
•
Clean the print head deeply
•For macOS:
•
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5 Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
459
Step6 Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
Check5 When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the front tray, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
•When copying, see also the sections below:•
Check6 Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
•If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
•
Check7 Make sure original is properly loaded on platen or ADF.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
When you load the original on the ADF, load it with the side to be copied facing up.
Loading Originals
Check8 Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
460
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Note
• For the case of misaligned or distortion, refer to this web page.•
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
•
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
461
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/
Paper Curl
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. To print data with high color saturation such as
photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon
specialty paper.
Supported Media Types
Check3 Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
•Plain Paper
•
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
•Other Paper such as envelope•
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.1.
462
2. Check that paper is now flat.
2.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.•
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4 Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper.
If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
•From operation panel
•
Press the Setup button and select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent
abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
•From computer (Windows):•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.2.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4. Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
4.
463
5. Check message and select OK.
5.
•From computer (macOS):
•
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5 If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
•Printing from your computer (Windows)
•
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Brightness
•Copying
•
Setting Items for Copying
Check6 Is platen glass or glass of ADF dirty?
Clean the platen glass or the glass of ADF.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Note
•If the glass of ADF is dirty, black streaks appear on the paper as shown below.
•
Check7 Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
•Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
•
Check8 Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
464
Note
•To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
•
Check9 Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
•For Windows:•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
2.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
4.
5. Check message and select OK.
5.
•For macOS:
•
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
465
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margins.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
•The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
•
•This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
•
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
466
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing
If the printing of photos, images, stops in the middle of printing and cannot be printed to the end, check the
following items.
Check1 Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows)
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to
compress print data check box and click OK.
Important
•Clear the check box once printing is complete.
•
Check2 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the printer driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
Check3 Your hard disk may not have sufficient free space to store job.
Delete unnecessary files to free up disk space.
467
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check1 Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
Check2 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the printer driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
468
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
•During borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
•
469
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Check1 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
Check2 Perform print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•For Windows, if the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head
•
alignment manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
470
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 3 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4 With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 5 Restart the computer.
473
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1 Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2 Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
•If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
•The operation may differ depending on the application.
•Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
•
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3 Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4 Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your
application.
474
Cannot Send a Fax
If you cannot send a fax, check the following items.
Check1 Check that the telephone line is connected correctly according to the following
items.
•Reconnect the telephone line cable to the telephone line jack ( ), and plug the other end into the
telephone wall jack or telephone jack.
Connecting Telephone Line
•If "Line is busy" is displayed on the screen, the line is being used by the attached phone. Please check
back later.
•If you do not hear anything from the printer when you press the Black button, the telephone line connection
may be incorrect or there may be a problem with the telephone line. Check that the connection method of
the telephone line is correct, and contact your telephone company and the manufacturer of your terminal
adapter.
•If you only hear a beep when you press the Black button, select Fax settings > Security control > Hook
setting and then select Enable.
FAX settings
Check2 Is telephone line type set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
Check3 Is Dial tone detect set to ON?
Select Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Dial tone detect and then select OFF.
FAX settings
Check4 Is fax/telephone number registered correctly in printer's directory?
Check the recipient's fax/telephone number, correct the fax/telephone number registered in the printer's
directory, and then send the document again.
Changing Registered Information
Check5 Is printer's memory full?
Delete contents in memory, and then send a fax again.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
Check6 Is document loaded properly?
477
Remove the document, and then reload it on the platen or in the ADF.
Loading Originals
Check7 Does a printer error occur?
Ensure that an error message is displayed on the LCD. When an error message is displayed on the LCD, check
the cause.
For messages, refer to Message Is Displayed.
Press Stop button and if the message is closed, you can send the fax.
478
Errors Often Occur When Send a Fax
Check Check telephone line condition or connection.
If errors occur frequently when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that they can be reduced by selecting
Reduce for Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Err reduction (VoIP).
For details, see Err reduction (VoIP).
FAX settings
Note
• If selecting Reduce does not reduce errors, select Do not reduce.
In addition, when using an Internet telephone, it is possible that errors occur more often if 4800 bps or 9600 bps
is selected for TX start speed.
Select 14400 bps or 33600 bps.
If the telephone line or connection is poor when using a general telephone, reducing the transmission start speed
may correct the error.
Reduce the transmission start speed on TX start speed in Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv.
communication.
FAX settings
479
Cannot Print a Fax/"Fax received. Saved in memory." Appears
Check1 Is a different size of paper from that specified by Page size in Fax paper
settings loaded?
If a different size of paper from that specified by Page size is loaded for printing faxes, the received faxes will not
be printed and will be stored in the printer's memory (Memory Reception). Load the same size of paper as that
specified by Page size, then press OK button.
Check2 Make sure there is enough ink left to print.
•If there is not enough ink left to print, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without being
•
printed (Memory Reception). Printing starts automatically after replacing the FINE cartridge.
Document Stored in Printer's Memory
•You can also set to print received faxes even when the ink level is low.
•
Select Fax settings > Auto print settings > Print when no ink and then select Print.
However, if you run out of ink while printing a fax with this setting, the fax content will be output as a blank
page from the middle, and the fax content will be erased from the printer's memory as printed.
Check3 Is paper loaded?
If paper is not loaded, received faxes will be stored in the printer's memory without being printed (Memory
Reception). Select Fax, Load paper, and then press OK button.
481
Cannot Dial
Check1 Is telephone line cable connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable is connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
Check2 Is telephone line type of printer or external device set correctly?
Check the telephone line type setting and change it as necessary.
Setting Telephone Line Type
483
Telephone Disconnects During a Call
Check Is telephone line cable or telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external
telephone, an answering device, or a computer modem) connected correctly?
Check that the telephone line cable and the telephone (or a peripheral device such as an external telephone, an
answering device, or a computer modem) are connected correctly.
Connecting Telephone Line
484
Poor Quality Fax Received
Check1 Check scan settings of sender's fax device.
Ask the sender to adjust the scan settings of the fax device.
Check2 Is ECM RX set to OFF?
Select Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv. communication > ECM RX in this order and select ON.
If ECM RX is enabled, the sender's fax device resends the fax after correcting errors automatically.
FAX settings
Check3 Is sender's original document or scanning area of sender's fax device dirty?
The image quality of the fax is mainly determined by the sender's fax device. Contact the sender and ask the
sender to check whether the scanning area of the fax device is dirty.
Check4 Is ECM transmission/reception enabled although the line/connection is poor, or
is the sender's fax device compatible with ECM?
•Select Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv. communication > ECM RX in this order and select ON.
•
FAX settings
•Contact the sender and ask the sender to check whether the fax device is set to enable ECM transmission.
•
If the sender's or recipient's fax device is not compatible with ECM, the fax will be sent/received without
automatic error correction.
•Reduce the reception start speed on RX start speed in Fax settings > Adv. fax settings > Adv.
•
communication.
FAX settings
Check5 Did you confirm paper and print quality settings?
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
485
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1 Press ON button.
Power Supply
Check2 Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3 Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
487
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
•To disable the setting from the operation panel:
•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Press the Setup button, use the button to select ECO settings, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the button to select EnergySaveSettings and then press the OK button.
3.
4. Use the button to select Auto power off and then press the OK button.
4.
5. Use the button to select OFF and then press the OK button.
5.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
•To disable the setting from the computer:
•
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.1.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power.2.
3. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.3.
4. Select OK.4.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.5.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
488
Note
• See below for details on how to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).•
Scanner Tab
489
USB Connection Problems
If the printer connected to the computer via USB is not recognized, check the following items.
USB Connection Not Recognized
The following problems may occur even though the USB connection is recognized.
• Printing (scanning) is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
If the above is the case, check the following.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may
slow down due to the communication speed.
USB Connection Not Recognized
Check1 Check that printer is turned on.
Check2 Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
•Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3 Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
490
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Check Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed
USB connection.
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
•Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
•Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
•
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.•
491
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1. Press Setup button and wait a little.
1.
2. Press button 2 times and press OK button.
2.
3. Press button 4 times and press OK button.
3.
4. Use button to select language for LCD and press OK button.
4.
The desired language appears on the LCD.
492
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers (Printer Driver) were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Updates have
been applied. If all Windows Updates have not been applied, apply all Windows Updates.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver).
1. Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
1.
For Windows 10:
Select Settings > Apps.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series MP Drivers" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver"2.
you want to install in list.
"XXX" is the model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.
3.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.4.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
494
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
495
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Code Is Displayed on LCD
A message is displayed on the printer's LCD or your computer screen.
Some errors may display a four-digit alphanumeric code along with the error message. The characters
represent a "support code" (error number).
For details on each support code, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
497
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message is
displayed automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message Is Displayed.
498
Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the messages.
If a message is displayed on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Is Displayed on the Printer's LCD
If a message is displayed on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Is Displayed on Printer's LCD
Check the message and take appropriate action.
•Cannot connect to the server; try again•
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
•Check page size•
The size of the loaded paper is different from the paper size set in Page size in Fax paper settings.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Check Media type and Page size in Fax paper settings, and then reload the paper accordingly.
•Data error•
A power failure has occurred or the power cord has been unplugged when the faxes are stored in the
printer's memory.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
The list of the faxes deleted from the printer's memory (MEMORY CLEAR REPORT) will be printed.
For details, refer to Summary of Reports and Lists.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Important
•If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's
memory are deleted.
•Hang up phone
•
The handset is not placed in the handset cradle correctly.
Replace the handset correctly.
Note
•See Message for Faxing Is Displayed on Fax Standby Screen for the message displayed on the fax
standby screen.
499
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message displayed on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1 If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
•There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3 Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and click
here to reinstall them.
Check4 When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
1.
Note
• If the User Account Control screen is displayed, select Continue.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.2.
500
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
•If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed, make sure the printer is
•
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.3.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check If an error message is displayed somewhere other than printer status monitor,
check the following:
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
•
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
•"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
•
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
•"Printer driver could not be found"
•
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
click here to reinstall them.
•"Could not print Application name - File name"
•
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
501
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Support codes are displayed on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and is displayed along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Codes Displayed on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
•1000 to 1ZZZ•
1003 1200 1203 1250 1300 1303 1304 1309 1310 1401 1403 1430
1485 15A1 15A2 1682 1684 1686 1688 168A 1702 1703 1704 1705
1712 1713 1714 1715 1890
•2000 to 2ZZZ•
2110 2120 2700 2801 2802 2803 2900 2901
•3000 to 3ZZZ•
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3412 3413 3434 3435 3436 3437
3438 3440 3441 3446 3447
•4000 to 4ZZZ•
4103 4104 495A
•5000 to 5ZZZ•
5011 5012 5040 5050 5100 5200 5205 5206 5B02 5B03 5B04 5B05
5B12 5B13 5B14 5B15
•6000 to 6ZZZ
•
6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6930 6931 6932 6933
6936 6937 6938 6939 693A 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946
6D01
502
•7000 to 7ZZZ•
7500 7600 7700 7800
•9000 to 9ZZZ•
9500
•A000 to ZZZZ•
B20B
Note
• For information on how to deal with paper jams, see What to Do When Paper Is Jammed.
• If the paper is not jammed (the support code is not displayed) and the paper is not fed normally, see
What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed Normally.
503
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
If a paper jam occurs during printing (when the support code 1300/1303/1304 is displayed), follow the
procedure below.
Note
• If the paper is not jammed (the support code is not displayed) and the paper is not fed normally, see
What to Do If Paper Is Not Fed Normally.
• If the document is jammed in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), see What to Do When Document is
Jammed in ADF (Auto Document Feeder) (2801).
Check1 Is the jammed paper visible in the paper output slot (A)?
If the paper output tray (B) is closed, open it and check if the jammed paper is visible in the paper output slot (A).
Removing Jammed Paper through Paper Output Slot
Check2 Is the jammed paper visible in the feed slot of the front tray (C)?
Raise the paper output tray (B), remove any paper other than the jammed paper on the front tray, and then
check if the jammed paper is visible in the feed slot of the front tray (C).
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Front Tray
Check3 If the jammed paper is not visible in the paper output slot or the feed slot.
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
Removing Jammed Paper through Paper Output Slot
1. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.
1.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
504
Note
•If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
•
be ejected automatically.
The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax
or the unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory. Make sure that all faxes have been sent and
received, press the printer's Stop button to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
Do not unplug the power cord after turning off the printer. If you unplug the power cord, all the
faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
• If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, open the printer's paper output cover and remove•
jammed paper inside the printer.
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
2. Press printer's OK button.2.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
•When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
•We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
Removing Jammed Paper through Feed Slot of Front Tray
1. Retract output tray extension and paper output support.
1.
505
2. Close paper output tray.
2.
3. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands and pull it out slowly.3.
Slowly pull out the paper so as not to tear it.
Note
•If the paper cannot be pulled out or is torn, open the printer's rear cover and remove jammed
•
paper from the rear side.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
4. Load paper in front tray.
4.
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
506
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
5. Open paper output tray.5.
6. Pull paper output support and open output tray extension.6.
7. Press printer's OK button.7.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. See Removing
Jammed Paper inside Printer.
507
Removing Jammed Paper inside Printer
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory. Make sure that all faxes have been sent and received,
press the printer's Stop button to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
1. Turn off printer and unplug it.
1.
2. Retract output tray extension and paper output support.
2.
3. Open paper output cover.3.
Important
•Do not touch the clear film (A).
•
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
508
4. Check if jammed paper is under FINE cartridge holder.4.
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the far right or
left, whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the FINE cartridge holder, hold the top of the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to
the far right or left.
5. Hold jammed paper firmly with both hands.
5.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out and grasp the edges of the paper.
6. Slowly pull out jammed paper so as not to tear it.
6.
509
7. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
7.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
•Any paper left under the FINE cartridge holder?
•Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
•Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
8. Close paper output tray.8.
9. Plug printer back in and turn printer back on.
9.
10. Load paper.
10.
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
510
Note
• Make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
11. Open paper output tray.11.
12. Pull paper output support and open output tray extension.12.
13. Redo printing.13.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side.
511
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Important
• The printer cannot be turned off while it is sending or receiving a fax, or when the received fax or the
unsent fax is stored in the printer's memory. Make sure that all faxes have been sent and received,
press the printer's Stop button to stop printing, and then turn off the printer.
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
1. Turn off printer and unplug it.
1.
2. Retract output tray extension and paper output support, and close paper output tray, front
2.
cover, and document tray.
3. Open document cover and stand printer with right side of printer facing down.
3.
Important
• Stand the printer on a wide and flat surface such as a desk.
•Hold the printer firmly with both hands and be careful not to hit it against hard objects.
• Use the document cover as a support to prevent the printer from falling over.
4. Open rear cover.4.
When you open the rear cover, support the printer with your hand so that it does not fall over.
512
5. Hold jammed paper firmly and pull it out slowly.
5.
When you pull the jammed paper, support the printer with your hand so that it does not fall over.
Note
•If the paper is rolled up, pull it out and grasp the edges of the paper.
6. Close rear cover.
6.
513
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
10. Open paper output tray.10.
11. Pull paper output support and open output tray extension.
11.
12. Redo printing.
12.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
515
1003
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the front tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the front tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the front tray.•
Loading Plain Paper
Loading Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
• Insert the paper until the leading edge of the paper touches the far end of the front tray and you hear•
a beep sound.
• Align the paper guides of the front tray with both edges of the paper.•
After carrying out the above measures, open the paper output tray, pull out the paper output support and
open the output tray extension.
Then, follow the message displayed on the printer's LCD.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
516
1200
Cause
Paper output cover is open.
What to Do
Close the paper output cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing FINE cartridges.
517
1203
Cause
Paper output cover is opened during printing.
What to Do
If paper remains inside the printer, slowly pull out the paper with both hands and close the paper output
cover.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the error.
The printer ejects one blank sheet of paper and resumes printing from the next paper.
The printer will not reprint the page that was printed when the paper output cover is opened. Retry
printing.
Important
• Do not open or close the paper output cover during printing, as this can damage the printer.
518
1250
Cause
Paper output tray is closed.
What to Do
Open the paper output tray, pull out the paper output support, and open the output tray extension. The
printer resumes printing.
519
1401
Cause
FINE cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Install the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
520
1430
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Remove the FINE cartridge and reinstall it.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Replace the FINE cartridge with a new
one.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If this still does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
521
1485
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
522
1682
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If the error is not resolved, the printer may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to
request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
523
1686
Cause
The ink may have run out.
What to Do
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly
detected.
If you want to continue printing without this function, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds.
Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by using a
non-genuine Canon ink cartridge or by using non-genuine Canon ink.
524
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink cartridge and close the cover.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5
seconds with the ink cartridge installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition.
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled.
Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing. The resulting print quality is not
satisfactory, if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
525
168A
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• FINE cartridge is not installed properly.
• FINE cartridge incompatible with this printer is installed.
What to Do
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output support, open the paper output cover, and then
remove the FINE cartridges.
Make sure the FINE cartridges are compatible with this printer and install the appropriate FINE cartridges
properly.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.
Close the paper output cover.
526
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Shipping tape or protective material may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder.
What to Do
Retract the output tray extension and the paper output support, open the paper output cover, and then
make sure that shipping tape and protective material have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder.
If the shipping tape or protective material is still there, remove it and close the paper output cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
527
2110
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing/copying do not match the paper information for the front tray
registered on the printer.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the paper•
information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the paper settings for copying match the paper information for the front tray
registered on the printer.
• For how to register paper information on the printer, refer to the following.•
Paper Settings
If the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the front tray registered
on the printer, the following message is displayed on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:•
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Paper information for the front tray registered on the printer:•
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Use the buttons to select the appropriate action and press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on the settings, some of the options below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print/copy on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing/
copying.
528
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the
front tray is registered as A4, select this option to print on an A4 paper loaded in the front tray with the
A5 setting.
Replace the paper
Select this option to print/copy after changing the paper in the front tray.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the
front tray is registered as A4, select this option to print after changing the paper in the front tray with
an A5 paper.
After changing the paper, the paper information registration screen for the front tray is displayed.
Register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the•
paper information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel
Cancels printing/copying.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified when printing/copying.
Change the paper settings and try printing/copying again.
Note
• You can configure the setting to hide the misprint prevention message. When set to hide the•
message, printing/copying begins regardless of whether the paper settings specified when printing/
copying and the paper information of the front tray registered on the printer match.
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing/copying without
using the printer driver:
Feed settings
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Maintenance Tab Description (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
529
2900
Cause
Scanning print head alignment sheet failed.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and take the corresponding actions below.
• Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen.
• Make sure the platen and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
• Load A4 or Letter size plain paper in the front tray.
• Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern.
After carrying out the above actions, perform automatic print head alignment again.
If the error is still not resolved, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and perform manual print
head alignment.
530
2901
Cause
Print head alignment pattern has been printed and printer is waiting to scan sheet.
What to Do
Scan the printed alignment pattern.
1. Load print head alignment sheet on platen.
1.
Place the printed side down and align the mark in the upper left corner of the sheet with the
alignment mark .
2. Slowly close the document cover and press printer's Color button or Black button.
2.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and automatically adjusts the print head
position.
531
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
532
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Cancel printing and turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure the FINE cartridges are properly installed.•
Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.
• Make sure FINE cartridge holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc.•
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch the clear•
film (A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
533
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
534
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
535
5B02
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
536
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, refer to the following.
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Turn off printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• If you unplug the power cord, all the faxes stored in the printer's memory are deleted.
537